2005 RG Transmission

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 334

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1


1.2 SIX -STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1


3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2.1 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND SHIFT SCHEDULING AT
VARIOUS OIL TEMPERATURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.3.1 HARD CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.2 ONE TRIP FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.3 INTERMITTENT CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.6 QUICK LEARN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
3.3.7 EATX DTC EVENT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.3.8 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR (IF APPLICABLE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP (BLANK SCREEN). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.5.3 SOME DISPLAY ITEMS READ 9---9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
3.6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR (MILLER TOOL # 8333) AND FWD ADAPTER
(MILLER TOOL #8333-1A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, AND WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6

4.1 DISCLAIMERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
4.3 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
4.4.3 BULLETINS AND RECALLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

6.1 ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
6.2 DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

7.0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9

i
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
COMMUNICATION
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX (DIESEL) . .10
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC . . . . . . . . . . .13

TRANSMISSION - EATX
P0122-TPS/APPS LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
P0604-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
P0605-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
P0613-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
*INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
*NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC’S PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

TRANSMISSION - NGC
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
P0124-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
P0604-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
P0605-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
P0613-INTERNAL TCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . .177
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT . . . . . . . . . . . .187
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269
P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271
P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .276
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283

iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .293
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
*NO MANUAL AUTOSTICK OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC’S PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC’S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303

VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304

8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

8.1 CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307


8.2 PRESSURE PORT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
8.3 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309

DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .309


FRONT CONTROL MODULE - BLACK 49 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310
INPUT SPEED SENSOR - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
FUSES (IPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 - 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 - GREEN/BLUE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 - 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4 - BLUE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .315
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C5 - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 - NATURAL 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C7 - 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C8 - ORANGE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C9 - BLACK 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 - BLACK/BLACK 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 - BLACK/ORANGE 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . .320
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 - BLACK/NATURAL 38 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . .321
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 - BLACK/GREEN 38 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .322
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (DIESEL) - BLACK 60 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .323
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (DIESEL) - 9 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR - DK. GRAY 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY - BLACK 8 WAY . .324

10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325

10.1 PCM-NGC-GAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325


10.2 TCM - EATX - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326

iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327

11.1 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327


11.2 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
11.3 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
11.4 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328
11.5 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

v
NOTES

vi
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0 INTRODUCTION the proper removal and repair procedure. Diagnos-
tic procedures change every year. New diagnostic
IMPORTANT systems may be added and/or carryover systems
The 2005 RS/RG model year vehicles will use may be enhanced.
both the standard EATX controlled transmission READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE TRYING TO
and the NGC controlled transmission based on the DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE TROUBLE CODE. It is
available powertrain combinations. You will need to recommended that you review the entire manual to
identify which controller is being used on the vehi- become familiar with all new and changed diagnos-
cle that requires service. tic procedures. This book reflects many suggested
• Diesel engines use a Transmission Control mod- changes from readers of past issues. After using this
ule (TCM) with an Engine Control Module book, if you have any comments or recommenda-
(ECM). tions, please fill out the form at the back of the book
and mail it back to us.
• Gas engines use the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM) NGC controller.
1.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE
PCM - NGC CONTROLLER
RS/RG vehicles use an integrated Transmission The diagnostic procedure manual covers all
Control Module and Powertrain Control Module RS/RG vehicles equipped with an electronic tran-
into a single control module. This module is the saxle.
Next Generation Controller (NGC) for Daimler-
Chrysler and is referred to as the Powertrain Con- 1.2 SIX -STEP TROUBLESHOOTING
trol Module (PCM). The PCM is located in the left
front wheel well. PROCEDURE
The PCM has four color coded connectors, C1
Diagnosis of the electronic transaxle is done in six
through C4, (C1-BLK, C2-GRAY, C3-WHITE, C4-
basic steps:
GREEN), each PCM connector will have 38 pins.
verification of complaint
Miller tool #3638, and Miller tool #8815 are used for
verification of any related symptoms
probing and repairing the PCM connectors. Miller
symptom analysis
tool #3638 is designed to release the pins from the
problem isolation
PCM harness connectors. You must use the Miller
repair of isolated problem
tool #3638 to release the harness connector termi-
verification of proper operation
nals or harness connector or terminal damage will
occur. Miller tool #8815 was designed for probing
the PCM harness connectors. You must use Miller 2.0 IDENTIFICATION OF
tool #8815 for probing the PCM terminals or dam-
SYSTEM
age to the terminal will occur resulting in a poor
terminal to pin connection. The 40TE/41TE Transmission family can be iden-
TCM - EATX CONTROLLER tified through a visual inspection. Confirm the
RS/RG vehicles use a Transmission Control Mod- presence of a Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly,
ule (TCM) in Diesel powertrain applications. The Transmission Range Sensor, Input Speed Sensor
TCM can be identified by the presence of a single 60 and Output Speed Sensor all located on the same
way harness connector. This stand alone TCM mod- side of the transmission case. Refer to the Service
ule is the used to control the transmission functions Information for transmission ID tag descriptions.
and is located in the left front wheel well. The
Engine Control Module (ECM) which controls the
engine functions is separate from the Transmission 3.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND
Control module. FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
The procedures contained in this manual include
all of the specifications, instructions, and graphics
needed to diagnose: 3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
• 41TE TCM (EATX) Electronic Automatic Trans-
mission problems The electronic transaxle is a conventional tran-
saxle in that it uses hydraulically applied clutches
• 40TE/41TE PCM (NGC) Electronic Automatic
to shift a planetary gear train. However, the elec-
Transmission problems
tronic control system replaces many of the mechan-
The diagnostics in this manual are based on the
ical and hydraulic components used in conventional
failure condition or symptom being present at the
transmission valve bodies.
time of diagnosis. When repairs are required, refer
to the appropriate volume of the service manual for

1
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.2 FUNCTIONAL OPERATION perature based on torque converter slip speed, ve-
hicle speed, gear, and engine coolant temperature to
The electronic transaxle has a fully adaptive determine an estimated oil temperature during
control system. The system performs its functions vehicle operation. Vehicles using calculated oil tem-
based on continuous real-time sensor feedback in- perature, are reasonably accurate, during normal
formation. The control system automatically adapts operation. However, if a transmission is overfilled, a
to changes in engine performance and friction ele- transmission oil cooler becomes restricted, or if a
ment variations to provide consistent shift quality. customer drives aggressively in low gear, the calcu-
The control system ensures that clutch operation lated oil temperature will be inaccurate. Conse-
during upshifting and downshifting is more respon- quently the shift schedule selected may be inappro-
sive without increased harshness. priate for the current conditions.
The control module continuously checks for elec-
trical problems, mechanical problems, and some 3.3 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
hydraulic problems. When a problem is sensed, the
control module stores a diagnostic trouble code. Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC’s) are codes stored
Some of these codes cause the transaxle to go into by the PCM (NGC) or TCM (EATX) depending on
Limp-in or?default mode. While in this mode, elec- the powertrain application and help diagnose
trical power is removed from the transaxle, de- Transmission problems. They are viewed using the
energizing the transmission control relay, and sole- DRBIIIt scan tool.
noid pack. When this happens, the only transaxle Always begin by performing a visual inspection of
mechanical functions are: the wiring, connectors, cooler lines and the trans-
Park and Neutral mission. Any obvious wiring problems or leaks
Reverse should be repaired prior to performing any diagnos-
Second Gear tic test procedures. Some engine driveability prob-
No upshifts or downshifts are possible. The posi- lems can be misinterpreted as a transmission prob-
tion of the manual valve alone allows the three lem. Ensure that the engine is running properly
ranges that are available. Although vehicle perfor- and no engine DTC’s are present that could cause a
mance is seriously degraded while in this mode, it transmission complaint.
allows the owner to drive the vehicle in for service. If there is a bus communication problem, trouble
Once the DRBIIIt is in the Transmission portion codes will not be accessible until the bus problem is
of the diagnostic program, it constantly monitors fixed. The DRBIIIt will display an appropriate
the control module to see if the system is in Limp-in message.
mode. If the transaxle is in Limp-in mode, the Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by
DRBIIIt will flash the red LED. following a specific testing sequence. The diagnostic
test procedures contain step-by-step instructions
3.2.1 TRANSMISSION OPERATION AND for determining the cause of a transmission diag-
nostic trouble code. Possible sources of the code are
SHIFT SCHEDULING AT VARIOUS checked and eliminated one by one. It is not neces-
OIL TEMPERATURES. sary to perform all of the tests in this book to
diagnose an individual code. These tests are based
The transmission covered in this manual has
on the problem being present at the time that the
unique shift schedules depending on the tempera-
test is run.
ture of the transmission oil. The shift schedule is
All testing should be done with a fully
modified to extend the life of the transmission while
charged battery.
operating under extreme conditions.
If the control module records a DTC that will
The oil temperature is measured with a Temper-
adversely affect vehicle emissions, it will request
ature Sensor on the 41TE transmission. The Tem-
(via the communication bus) that the PCM illumi-
perature Sensor is an integral component of the
nate the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL). Al-
Transmission Range Sensor (TRS). If the Tempera-
though these DTC’s will be stored immediately as a
ture Sensor is faulty, the transmission will default
1 trip failure, it may take up to five minutes of
to a calculated oil temperature. Oil temperature
accumulated trouble confirmation set the DTC and
will then be calculated through a complex heat
illuminate the MIL. Three consecutive successful
transfer equation using engine coolant tempera-
OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) trips or clearing
ture, battery/ambient temperature, and engine off
the DTC’s with a diagnostic tool (DRBIIIt or equiv-
time. These inputs are received from the PCI bus
alent) is required to extinguish the MIL. When the
periodically and used to initialize the oil tempera-
Transmission Control system requests that the
ture at start up. Once the engine is started, the
PCM illuminate the MIL, the PCM sets a DTC
control module updates the transmission oil tem-
P0700 ($89) to alert the technician that there are

2
GENERAL INFORMATION
DTC’s in the Transmission Control System. You 3.3.5 TROUBLE CODE ERASURE
must also erase the DTC P0700 in the PCM, in
A Diagnostic trouble code will be cleared from
order to extinguish the MIL.
control module memory if it has not reset for 40
warm-up cycles.
3.3.1 HARD CODE A warm-up cycle is defined as sufficient vehicle
Any Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) that is set operation such that the coolant temperature has
whenever the system or component is monitored is risen by at least 22°C (40° F) from engine starting
a HARD code. This means that the problem is there and reaches a minimum temperature of 71°C (160°
every time the Transmission Control System checks F).
that system or component. Some codes will set The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will turn
immediately at start up and others will require a off after 3 good trips or when the DTC’s are cleared
road test under specific conditions. It must be from the control module.
determined if a code is repeatable (Hard) or inter-
mittent before attempting diagnosis. 3.3.6 QUICK LEARN
The Quick Learn function customizes adaptive
3.3.2 ONE TRIP FAILURES parameters of the control module to the transmis-
A One Trip Failure, when read from the Trans- sion characteristics of a vehicle. This gives the
mission Control System, is a hard OBDII (EURO customer improved 9as received9 shift quality com-
STAGE III OBD) code that has not matured for the pared to the initial parameters stored in the control
full 5 minutes to a hard fault. This applies to codes module.
that will only set after 5 minutes of substituted gear Notes about Quick Learn Features
operation. The nature of the Quick Learn function requires
that certain features must be taken into consider-
3.3.3 INTERMITTENT CODE ation.
A diagnostic trouble code that is not there every > Quick Learn should generally not be used as a
time the Transmission Control System checks the repair procedure unless directed by a repair or
circuit or function is an a intermittent code. Some diagnostic procedure. If the transmission system
intermittent codes are caused by wiring or connec- is exhibiting a problem that you think is caused
tor problems. However intermittent gear ratio by an invalid CVI, you should try to relearn the
codes are usually caused by intermittent hydraulic value by performing the appropriate driving ma-
seal leakage in the clutch and/or accumulator cir- neuvers. In most cases, if Quick Learn makes a
cuits. Problems that come and go like this are the vehicle shift better, the vehicle will return with
most difficult to diagnose, they must be looked for the same problem.
under the specific conditions that cause them. > Before performing Quick Learn, it is imperative
that the vehicle be shifted into OD with the
3.3.4 STARTS SINCE SET COUNTER engine running and the oil level set to the correct
For the most recent code, the Starts Since Set level. This step will purge air from the clutch
counter counts the number of times the vehicle has circuits to prevent erroneous clutch volume val-
started since it was last set. The counter will count ues, which could cause poor initial shift quality.
up to 255 starts. Note that this code only applies to > If a new control module is installed on a vehicle
the last or most recent code set. with a HOT engine, Quick Learn will cause the
When there are no diagnostic trouble codes stored control module to report a cold calculated oil
in memory, the DRBIIIt will display NO DTC’S temperature. This requires monitoring the calcu-
PRESENT and the reset counter will show lated oil temperature using the DRBIIIt. If the
9STARTS SINCE CLEAR = XXX temperature is below 15 C (60° F), the transmis-
The number of starts helps determine if the sion must be run at idle or driven in gear until
diagnostic trouble code is hard or intermittent. the temperature goes above 15 C (60° F). If the
– If the count is less than 3, the code is usually a temperature is above 93C (200° F), the transmis-
hard code. sion must cool to below 93 C (200° F).
– If the count is greater than 3, it is considered > First gear is engaged in overdrive after Quick
an intermittent code. This means that the Learn is completed. Place the vehicle in park
engine has been started most of the time after performing Quick Learn.
without the code recurring. The Quick Learn function should be performed:
– Upon installation of a new service control
module

3
GENERAL INFORMATION
– After replacement or rebuild of internal trans- the features of the EATX DTC EVENT DATA with
mission components or the torque converter several examples on how to interpret the informa-
– If one or more of the clutch volumes indexes tion and suggested training material to help under-
(CVI’s) contain skewed readings because of stand all the specifics.
abnormal conditions. EATX DTC EVENT DATA can only be erased by:
To perform the Quick Learn procedure, the fol- 1. Disconnecting the battery.
lowing conditions must be met. 2. Performing a DRBIIIt QUICK LEARN proce-
dure.
– It is imperative that the vehicle be shifted into
3. Reprogramming the NGC/EATX controller.
OD with the engine running and the oil level
Erasing Transmission DTCs does not clear the
set to the correct level. This step will purge the
EATX DTC EVENT DATA.
air in the clutch circuits to prevent erroneous
clutch volume values, which could cause poor
initial shift quality.
3.3.8 ELECTRONIC PINION FACTOR (IF
– Place the selector lever in neutral. APPLICABLE)
– The brakes must be applied.
NOTE: After replacing the EATX/PCM, you
– The engine must be idling.
must reprogram pinion factor. In some
– The throttle angle (TP sensor) must be less vehicle applications, the pinion factor is a
than 3 degrees. fixed value and cannot be changed or
– The shift lever position must stay in neutral updated.
until prompted to shift into OD. The transmission output speed signal supplies
– The shift lever must stay in OD after the 9Shift distance pulses to the control module, which are
to Overdrive9 prompt until the DRBIIIt indi- used to calculate speed and mileage. A pinion factor
cates the procedure is complete. is stored in the control module in order to provide
– The oil temperature must be between 15 C (60° the appropriate distance pulses for other vehicle
F) and 93 C (200° F). systems. The pinion factor is programmed into the
control module at the assembly plant.
NOTE: The above conditions must be The pinion factor must be set when replacing the
maintained during the procedure to keep the control module. If the pinion factor is not set or
procedure from being aborted. incorrectly set, any speed related functions will not
The Quick Learn procedure is performed with the operate correctly i.e. speedometer, speed control,
DRBIIIt by selecting 9Transmission9 system then rolling door locks, other control modules will be
9Miscellaneous9 functions, then 9Quick Learn9. Fol- affected that depend on speed information.
low the procedure instructions displayed on the Using the following steps, the pinion factor can be
DRBIIIt. checked and/or reset using the DRBIIIt:
1. Select Transmission system, then Miscella-
3.3.7 EATX DTC EVENT DATA neous functions, then Pinion Factor. The DRBIIIt
will display the current tire size.
EATX DTC EVENT DATA can be used as a
2. If the tire size is incorrect, press the Enter key
diagnostic aid when experiencing Electronic Trans-
and then select the correct size.
missions with intermittent problems. When a Diag-
3. Press the Page Back key to exit the reset
nostic Trouble Code (DTC) is set, the vehicles trans-
procedure.
mission inputs are stored in the controller memory
Notes About Electronic Pinion Factor Fea-
and are retrievable with the DRBIIIt. This infor-
tures
mation can be helpful when a DTC can not be The nature of the electronic pinion factor requires
duplicated. that certain features must be taken into consider-
The EATX DTC EVENT DATA is located in the ation.
DRBIIIt, under the Transmission system menu, in
the sub-screen Miscellaneous. It is a good practice > If no pinion factor is stored in an installed control
to document the EATX DTC EVENT DATA before module, the vehicle speedometer will not operate,
beginning any diagnostic or service procedure. engine speed will be limited to 2300 RPM, and
A thorough understanding of how the transmis- catalyst damage may occur.
sion works is beneficial in order to interpret the > Selecting a wrong tire size will cause the speed-
data correctly. These skills are necessary in order to ometer to be inaccurate and will also cause any
avoid an incorrect diagnosis. speed related features to operate improperly.
A MASTERTECH video and reference book was
produced in January 2002 that explains many of

4
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.4 USING THE DRBIIIT scrolled onto the screen might read 9---9. Use the
page down or page up function to display the
Refer to the DRBIIIt users guide for instructions information.
and assistance with reading trouble codes, erasing
trouble codes, and other DRBIIIt functions. 3.6 TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR (MILLER
TOOL # 8333) AND FWD ADAPTER
(MILLER TOOL #8333-1A)

NOTE: Remove the starter Relay when using


the transmission simulator
*Failure to remove the Starter Relay can
cause a PCM - No Response condition.
*The removal of the Starter Relay will also
prevent the engine from starting in gear.
*The Transmission Simulator will not
accurately diagnose intermittent faults.
The transmission simulator, simply put, is an
electronic device that simulates the electronic func-
tions of any EATX or NGC controlled transmission
(41TE, 41TE, 45RFE, and 545RFE). The basic func-
tion of the simulator is to aid the technician in
determining if an internal transmission problem
3.5 DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES
exists or if the problem resides in the vehicle wiring
Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will dis- or control module. It is only useful for electrical
play one of only two error messages: problems. It will not aid in the diagnosis of a failed
User-Requested WARM Boot mechanical component, but it can tell you if the
User-Requested COLD Boot control module and wiring are working properly
If the DRBIIIt should display any other error and that the problem is internal to the transmis-
message, record the entire display and call the sion.
S.T.A.R. Center. The ignition switch should be in the lock position
before attempting to install the simulator. Follow
3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP all instructions included with the simulator. If the
feedback from the simulator is in doubt, you can
(BLANK SCREEN) verify the simulators operation by installing it on a
If the LED’s do not light or no sound is emitted at known good vehicle. A 9known good vehicle9 would
start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad be defined as a vehicle that does not set any DTC’s
cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage. A mini- and drives and shifts as expected.
mum of 11 volts is required to adequately power the One important point to remember is that the
DRBIIIt. Simulator receives power from the Trans Relay
If all connections are proper between the Output circuit. If the transmission system is in
DRBIIIt and the vehicle or other devices, and the Limp-in (Relay open), the simulator will not oper-
vehicle battery is fully charged, an inoperative ate. This is not really an indication of a problem,
DRBIIIt may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle but an additional symptom. If the simulator does
wiring. For a blank screen, refer to the appropriate not power up (9P9 led lit), this is an indication that
Body Diagnostic manual. the problem is still present with the simulator
hooked up. This indicates that the problem is in the
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE wiring or control module and not the transmission.
Miller Tool # 8333-1A consists of the adapter
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the
cables and overlay necessary to adapt the simulator
display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
to TE/AE/RLE/LE transmissions.
condition.

3.5.3 SOME DISPLAY ITEMS READ (---(


This is caused by the scrolling the DRBIIIt dis-
play a single line up or down. The line which was

5
GENERAL INFORMATION
4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, DTC found in memory is doubtful unless the Shift
Lever Test, performed on the DRBIIIt Scan Tool,
AND WARNINGS
passes without failure.

4.1 DISCLAIMERS 4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES


Some components of the Transmission system are
All information, illustrations, and specifications to be serviced as an assembly only. Attempting to
contained in this manual are based on the latest remove or repair certain system sub-components
information available at the time of publication. may result in personal injury and/or improper sys-
The right is reserved to make changes at any time tem operation. Only those components with ap-
without notice. proved repair and installation procedures in the
service information should be serviced.
4.2 SAFETY
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE
DRBIIIT MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. IT
WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR
MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. CAREFULLY
SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS AND THE SPECIFICATION LIMITS.
OPERATING KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL
VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE • Follow the vehicle manufacturer’s service speci-
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST fications at all times.
REMOVAL SYSTEM. • Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
Set the parking brake and block the wheels before • Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
testing or repairing the vehicle. If is especially damaged or if metal is exposed.
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive • To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test
vehicles: the parking brake does not hold the drive leads, tips or the circuit being tested.
wheels. • Choose the proper range and function for the
Some operations in this manual require that measurement. Do not try voltage or current mea-
hydraulic tubes, hoses, and fittings, disconnected surements that may exceed the rated capacity.
for inspection or testing purposes. These systems,
• Do not exceed the limits shown in the table.
when fully charged, contain fluid at high pressure.
Before disconnecting any hydraulic tubes, hoses, FUNCTION INPUT LIMIT
and fittings, be sure that the system is fully depres- Volts 0-500 volts peak AC
surized. When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye
protection, and remove any metal jewelry such as 0-500 volts DC
watchbands or bracelets that might make an inad- Ohms (resistance)* 0-1.12 megohms
vertent electrical contact.
When diagnosing a Transmission system prob- Frequency measured 0-10 khz
lem, it is important to follow approved procedures Frequency generated
where applicable. These procedures can be found in Temperature -58-1100°F
the service information. Following these procedures
-50-600C
is very important to the safety of individuals per-
forming diagnostic tests. *Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present.
Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR circuit.
TESTING • Voltage between any terminal and ground must
not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully
charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic • Use caution when measured voltage above 25v
DTC’s or error messages may occur. It is extremely DC or 25v AC.
important that accurate shift lever position data is • The circuit being tested must be protected by a
available to the control module. The accuracy of any 10A fuse or circuit breaker.

6
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up CAUTION: Before road testing a vehicle, be
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure sure that all components are reassembled.
circuits exceeding 10A. During the test drive, do not try to read
• When testing for the presence of voltage or cur- DRBIIIT screen while in motion. Do not hang
rent, make sure the meter is functioning cor- the DRBIIIT from the rear view mirror or
rectly. Take a reading of a known voltage or operate it yourself. Have an assistant
current before accepting a zero reading. available to operate the DRBIIIT.
• When measuring current, connect the meter in Road testing is an essential step in the diagnostic
series with the load. process that must not be overlooked. Along with the
• Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting diagnostic information obtained from the DRBIIIt
the common test lead. Scan Tool and the original customer concern, the
• When using the meter function, keep the DRBI- road test helps verify the problem was current and
IIt away from spark plug or coil wires to avoid any repairs performed, fixed the vehicle correctly.
measuring error from outside interference. Always operate and observe the vehicle under ac-
tual driving conditions.
Just as important as the road test is, there are
4.3 WARNINGS
preliminary inspections that should be performed
prior to the road test. Always check the fluid level
4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS and condition before taking the vehicle on a road
test. Determine if an incorrect fluid type is being
Before disconnecting any control module, make used, improper fluid will result in erratic transmis-
sure the ignition is 9lock9 position. Failure to do so sion operation.
could damage the module. Some of the conditions of incorrect fluid level are
When testing voltage or continuity at any control as follows:
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of
• Delayed engagement
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the
insulation: this will damage the wire and eventu- • Poor shifting or erratic shifting
ally cause the wire to fail because of corrosion. • Excessive noise
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as • Overheating
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such The next step is to verify that the shift linkage is
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a correctly adjusted. If the shifter is incorrectly ad-
second DTC could be set, making diagnosis of the justed, a number of complaints can result.
original problem more difficult. The control module monitors the Shift Lever
When replacing a blown fuse, it is important to Position (SLP) Sensor continuously. If the shifter is
use only a fuse having the correct amperage rating. incorrectly adjusted, the control module will sense a
The use of a fuse with a rating other than indicated shift lever position that is not correct for the gear
may result in a dangerous electrical system over- chosen by the driver. This may cause a DTC to be
load. If a properly rated fuse continues to blow, it set.
indicates a problem in the circuit that must be The following complaints may also be the result
corrected. of an incorrectly adjusted shifter:
• Delayed clutch engagement
4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT
• Erratic shifts
VEHICLE
• Vehicle will drive in neutral
Some complaints will require a test drive as part
• Engine will not crank in park or neutral
of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic • Shifter will be able to be moved without the key
DTC or symptom condition. in the ignition
• Not able to remove the ignition key in park
• Parking pawl will not engage properly
The shifter should also be adjusted when replac-
ing the Transmission, repairing the valve body, or
when repairing any component between the shift
lever and the Transmission.
Some questions to ask yourself when performing
the road test are as follows:

7
GENERAL INFORMATION
• Is the complaint or concern what you think the FEMCC Full Electronically Modulated Con-
problem is, based on the customers description? verter Clutch
• Is the Transmission operating normally, or is IOD Ignition off-draw
there a real problem? IPM Integrated Power Module
• When does the problem occur? IRT Intelligent Recovery Timer
• Is the problem only in one gear range? ISS Input Speed Sensor
• What temperature does the problem occur? LED Light Emitting Diode
• Does the vehicle have to sit over night for the LR Low/reverse Clutch or Pressure
problem to occur? Switch
• Does the transmission go into Limp-in mode? LU Lockup
MIC Mechanical Instrument Cluster
4.4.3 BULLETINS AND RECALLS MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Always perform all Safety Recalls and Service NGC Next Generation Controller
Bulletins that are applicable to the problem. OBDII On Board Diagnostics
OD Overdrive Clutch or Pressure
5.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND Switch
EQUIPMENT OSS Output Speed Sensor
PCI Vehicle bus system type
> DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box) - Must be at PCM Powertrain Control Module
latest release level. PEMCC Partial Electronically Modulated
> Transmission Simulator (Miller # 8333) Converter Clutch
> Adapter harness/ panel overlay kit for Transmis- PLU Partial Lockup
sion Simulator (Miller # 8333-1A). REV Reverse Clutch
> Jumper wires SLPK Solenoid Pack
> Test Light (minimum of 25 ohms of resistance) SSV Solenoid Switch Valve
SW Switch
> Ohmmeter
TCC Torque Converter Clutch
> Voltmeter
TCM Transmission Control Module
> Pressure gauge 0-2068 kPa (0-300 PSI)
PCM Combined PCM and Transmission
Control Module
6.0 GLOSSARY OF TERMS TP Throttle Position
TRD Torque Reduction
TRS Transmission Range Sensor
6.1 ACRONYMS
UD Underdrive Clutch
APPS Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor VSS Vehicle Speed Signal
BCM Body Control Module 2/4 2nd and 4th gear Clutch or Pres-
sure Switch
CKT Circuit
CKP Crank Position Sensor 6.2 DEFINITIONS
CVI Clutch Volume Index
DLC Data Link Connector OBDII (EURO STAGE III OBD) Trip - A vehicle
DRBIIIt Diagnostic Readout Box start and drive cycle such that all once per trip
diagnostic monitors have run.
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
Key Start - A vehicle start and run cycle of at
EATX Electronic Automatic Transaxle least 20 seconds.
ECM Engine Control Module (Diesel) Warm-up Cycle - A vehicle start and run cycle
EMCC Electronically Modulated Converter such that the engine coolant must rise to at least 71
Clutch C (160° F) and must rise by at least 4.4 C (40° F)
FCM Front Control Module (part of the from initial start up. To count as a warm-up cycle,
IPM system) no DTC may occur during the cycle.

8
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES

9
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE -
EATX (DIESEL)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FCM OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT SHORT
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Ignition on, engine not running. All
Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Occupant Restraint Controller.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM).
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Body Communication category and perform the


symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the FCM Output (Run/St)
circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the FCM Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. Refer to the
wiring diagrams location in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX


(DIESEL) — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the starter relay from the IPM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output (Start) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start
position.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an


open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Infor-
mation.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the starter relay from the IPM.
With a voltmeter in the millivolt scale, measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition
Switch Output (Start) circuit.
NOTE: A no response condition can exist if voltage is present on this circuit
with the ignition switch in any position except for the Start position.
NOTE: Voltage up to .080 millivolts can cause this condition.
NOTE: Check for after market components that could cause this condition.
Perform this step with the Ignition Switch in every position except for the Start
position.
Is any voltage present?

Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for a
short to voltage. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay.

5 Turn the ignition off. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B(+) circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - EATX


(DIESEL) — Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check each ground circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the TCM connector.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 8
No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the
service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12
COMMUNICATION

Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Turn the ignition on. All
Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Instrument Cluster.
With the DRB, attempt to communicate with the Occupant Restraint Controller.
Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with both of the modules?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-


ate symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

2 Turn the ignition off. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Turn the ignition on.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit and the FCM output (cavs 11 and 12) in the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated for both circuits?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit or the FCM


Output circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

13
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 Turn the ignition off. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B(+) circuit in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the test light illuminated?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, probe each ground circuit in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Is the light illuminated at all ground circuits?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. Check the main ground
connection to engine block and/or chassis. Refer to the wiring
diagrams located in the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

14
COMMUNICATION

*NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - NGC —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
5 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the All
vehicle before proceeding. If not, refer to the symptom list from the menu
and repair as necessary.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
With the DRBIIIt select Pep Module Tools.
Select lab scope.
Select Live Data.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Turn the ignition on.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accor-
dance with the service information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PER-
FORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

15
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0122-TPS/APPS LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0122-TPS/APPS LOW
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage drops below .078 volts for
the period of 0.48 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE APPS DTC’S PRESENT
APPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTC’s. All


Are there any Engine APPS related DTCs present?

Yes → Refer to the Drivability category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

16
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0122-TPS/APPS LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the APPS voltage. All
Is the APPS voltage below 0.5 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 6

4 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, record the APPS voltage.
While back probing the TCM harness connector, measure the voltage of the APPS
Signal circuit.
Compare the voltage readings between the DRBIIIt and the reading from the digital
multi meter.
Are the voltages within 0.1 volt of each other?
Yes → Repair the APPS signal circuit between the TCM harness connec-
tor and the APPS Senosr for high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the point where the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits
splice off from the engine circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

17
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage rises above 4.94 volts for
the period of 0.48 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE APPS DTC’S PRESENT
APPS SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN TO TCM
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTC’s. All


Are there any engine APPS related DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Driveability category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

18
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0123-TPS/APPS HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the APPS voltage. All
Is the APPS voltage above 4.6 volts?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the APPS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the APPS Signal Circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the APPS harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the APPS Signal circuit between the TCM harness con-
nector and the APPS for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the APPS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the APPS harness
connector and the Transmission Control Module harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit between the TCM harness
connector and the splice for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the APPS signal and sensor ground circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

19
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT
When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set with a throttle angle between 6° and 120.6° with a 5° or
higher change under 7.0 milliseconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE APPS DTC’S PRESENT
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTC’s. All


Are any Engine APPS related DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the Drivability category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

20
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0124-TPS/APPS INTERMITTENT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Ignition On, Engine Not Running. All
With the DRBIIIt, under Transmission Sensors, monitor the APPS voltage in the
following step.
Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes.
Did the APPS voltage change smooth and consistent?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the APP Sensor per the Service Information.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

21
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: Immediately when the Overheat shift schedule is activated when the
Transmission Oil Temperature reaches 116 °C or 240 °F.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PLUGGED
HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

22
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift All
quality complaints.
This DTC indicates that the Transmission has been operating in the 9Overheat9 shift
schedule which may generate a customer complaint.
The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional Transmission
Oil Cooler.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair the cause of the Transmission Overheating per the Service
Information. If indicated install an additional Transmission Oil
Cooler.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics per the Service Information All
Is the Engine Cooling System functioning properly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the cause of the Engine Overheating. Refer to the Service


Information for additional repair information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Flush or replace the Transmission Oil cooler as necessary per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

23
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE


When Monitored: With the engine running and the TCM has closed the Transmission
Control Relay.
Set Condition: If battery voltage at TCM Transmission Control Relay Output Sense
circuit is less than 10.0 volts for 15 seconds. *This DTC generally indicates a gradually
falling battery voltage or resistive connections to the TCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

24
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read the PCM DTC’s. All
Are there any Charging System related DTC’s stored in the PCM?
Yes → Refer to the Charging System category and repair any PCM
Charging System DTC’s first. NOTE: After repairing the PCM
charging system DTC’s, perform the Transmission Verification
test to verify the transmission was not damaged.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 NOTE: Generator, battery, and charging system must be fully functional All
before performing this test.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0562.
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the Starts Since Set counter for P0562 set at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 9

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the ground circuits in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the ground circuits?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or high resistance. If the


fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

25
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check both Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the TCM harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Start the engine.
Using a voltmeter, measure the battery voltage.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Transmission Switched Battery Voltage.
Compare the DRBIIIt Transmission Switched Battery voltage to the actual battery
voltage.
Is the DRBIIIt voltage within 2.0 volts of the battery voltage?

Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

26
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0604-INTERNAL TCM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0604-INTERNAL TCM
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The TCM is reporting internal errors and must be replaced.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

27
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0605-INTERNAL TCM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0605-INTERNAL TCM
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The TCM is reporting internal errors and must be replaced.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

28
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0613-INTERNAL TCM

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0613-INTERNAL TCM
When Monitored: After the ignition is turned to the RUN position or after cranking the
engine.
Set Condition: The controller runs a self diagnostic test that checks the integrity of the
controllers RAM, ROM, and microprocessor. If the self diagnostic test fails in any one of
series of different categories, the DTC will set.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

29
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition key on.
Set Condition: 3 occurrences in one key start of an invalid PRNDL code which lasts for
more than 0.1 second.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P0706 PRESENT
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

30
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Using the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test. All
Select the test outcome from the following:
Test passes
Go To 3

Test fails with DTC


Go To 4

Test fails without DTC


Adjust the shift linkage per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Check the Shift Linkage and cable for proper operation per the Service Information.
Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of any repairs.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

31
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test.
When the DRBIII t instructs you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position,
you must do so using the Transmission Simulator. The LED for the gear position in
question must be illuminated prior to hitting 9enter9 on the DRBIIIt.
Did the test pass?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6
NOTE: Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all the har-
ness connectors.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the TRS Sense circuits C1 thru C4.
Move the shift lever thru all gear positions, pausing momentarily in each gear
position. Watch for one of the circuits to not change state.
Pick the one that did not change state.
TRS T1 sense (C4)
Go To 7
TRS T3 sense (C3)
Go To 10
TRS T41 sense (C1)
Go To 13
TRS T42 sense (C2)
Go To 16

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

32
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T1 circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to ground.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T1 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 19

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T3 Sense circuit from the TCM harness connector
to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 11

11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T3 Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to ground.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 12

33
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T3 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 19

13 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the TCM connector to the
TRS connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 14

14 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 15

15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T41 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 19

34
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


16 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 17

17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T42 Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 18

18 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T42 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 19

19 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

35
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set when the desired transmission temperature does not
reach a normal operating temperature within a given time frame. Time is variable due to
ambient temperature. Approximate times are starting temperature to warm up time: (-40°
F / -40° C - 35 min) (-20° F / -28° C - 25 min) (20° F / -6.6° C - 20 min) (60° F / 15.5 ° C - 10
min)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

36
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All
Are there any other Transmission Temperature Sensor related DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0711. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings ± 0.2
volts?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

37
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

38
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage drops
below 0.078 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All


Are there any Speed Sensor DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

39
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0712. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 8

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings ± 0.2
volts?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector..
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a


short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

40
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

41
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage rises
above 4.94 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0713. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 8

42
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings ± 0.2
volts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector..
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid /TRS Assembly harness connector
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from
the TCM harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for


an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a
short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

43
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

44
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage
fluctuates or changes abruptly within a predetermined period of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All


Are there any Speed Sensor and/or other Temperature Sensor DTCs present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

45
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0714. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match a steady DRBIIIt reading ±
0.2 volts?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

46
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in input RPM in any gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

47
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Start the engine in park. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input RPM.
Is the Input RPM reading below 400 RPM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 11

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 RPM and the Output RPM read 1250 RPM +/- 50
RPM?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5
NOTE: Disconnect the Transmission Simulator and reconnect all harness
connectors.

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Input Speed Sensor signal circuit.
Is the resistance Below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

48
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the TCM harness
connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

49
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

50
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in output RPM in any gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

51
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Start the engine in park. All
Raise the drive wheels off of the ground.
WARNING: PROPERLY SUPPORT THE VEHICLE.
Place transmission in drive, release foot from brake.
WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Note: The drive wheels must be turning at this point.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Output RPM
Is the Output RPM below 100 RPM?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 11

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input RPM and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 and the Output RPM read 1250 ± 50 RPM?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the resistance Below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

52
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

53
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

54
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: Engine RPM less than 390 or greater than 8000 for more than 2 seconds
while the engine is running.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECM CKP DTC’S PRESENT
CRANK POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
CRANK POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
CRANK POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read ECM DTCs. All


Are there any ECM Crank Position Sensor DTC’s present?

Yes → Refer to the Driveability category for the appropriate symptom.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

55
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 NOTE: This code is not a Transmission Input Speed Sensor DTC All
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter.
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 8

4 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the ECM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Crank Position Signal circuit between the TCM
harness connector and the ECM harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Crank Position Signal circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the ECM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground the Crank Position Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Crank Position Signal circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the ECM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Crank Position Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Repair the Crank Position Signal circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

56
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. Using the All
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Check the vehicles battery condition.
Check the power and ground circuits of the Transmission Control Module.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

57
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST


When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All


If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

58
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 1st Gear Clutch Test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC(’s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all components related to the Underdrive and L/R clutches.
Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Information and repair or
replace as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

59
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND


When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

60
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 2nd Gear Clutch Test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the Throttle Angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0845 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service


Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Underdrive and 2/4 clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

61
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD


When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

62
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 3rd gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Rear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0870 and/or P0871 present also?

Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per


the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the Underdrive and Overdrive
clutches. Inspect the Oil Pump per the Service Information and
repair or replace as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

63
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH


When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
RELATED PRESSURE SWITCH DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

64
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 4th gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear Ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0845 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service


Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Overdrive and 2/4 clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

65
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE


When Monitored: The Transmission Gear Ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in Gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the input RPM to the output RPM does not match the
current Gear Ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS
TRANSMISSION - INTERNAL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All


If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

66
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Reverse gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on All
the DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle, TPS Degree, to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the Transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at 0?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Check the gearshift adjustment.
Gear Ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC(s), check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Repair internal transmission problem. Check all of the compo-
nents related to the Reverse and L/R clutches. Inspect the Oil
Pump per the Service Information and repair or replace as
necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

67
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE


When Monitored: During Electronically Modulated Converter Clutch (EMCC) Operation.
Set Condition: Transmission must be in EMCC, with input speed greater than 1750
RPM. TCC/L-R Solenoid achieves the maximum duty cycle and can not pull engine RPM
within 60 RPM of input speed. Or the Transmissions is in FEMCC and engine slips, TCC
greater than 100 RPM for 10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s
Is the DTC P0750 and/or P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

68
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, record and erase Transmission DTCs.
Drive the vehicle until it is fully warmed up to at least 43° C or 110° F.
Perform the following steps 3 times.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor TPS degree.
Drive the vehicle to the speed of 83 Km/h or 50 MPH and allow 4th gear to engage for
at least 10 seconds.
Close the throttle, then tip back in until the throttle angle, TPS degrees, is between
25 and 29 degrees.
NOTE: If you go over 30 TPS degrees, you must back off of the throttle and
retry.
Did the TCC engage during any of the attempts?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Check for any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB’s) that may apply.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Perform the Hydraulic Pressure test in the Service Information.
Repair the internal transmission components and torque conver-
tor per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

69
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. The solenoids
will also be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if a test
is run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R SOLENOID
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

70
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?

Yes → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom for
Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the L/R Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the L/R Solenoid LED.
Did the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

71
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the L/R Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

72
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 SOLENOID
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

73
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0755 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the 2/4 Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the 2/4 Solenoid LED.
Did the 2/4 Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

74
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

75
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

76
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD SOLENOID
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

77
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the OD Solenoid LED.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the OD Solenoid.
Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

78
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

79
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

80
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. They will also
be tested immediately after a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive Solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a Gear Ratio or Pressure Switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
UD SOLENOID
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

81
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission Control Module DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0765 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the UD Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the UD Solenoid LED.
Did the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

82
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit from the TCM harness
connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connec-
tor.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuits and Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

83
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

84
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear .

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTCS PRESENT
TCM AND WIRING
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

85
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s. All
Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All


Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s P0888, P0890, or P0891
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0841. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 11

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
On the Transmission Simulator select L/R on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?

Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per


the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

86
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

87
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

88
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE


When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM, shortly after
a shift, and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed greater than 1000
RPM, the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that do not
have pressure to identify the correct pressure switch closes. If the pressure switch does not
close 2 times the DTC sets.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

89
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs. All


Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0732, P0734 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Repair internal transmission as necessary. Refer to the Service


Information for the proper repair procedure for components
related to the OD clutch.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0845. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 12

90
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, select 92/49 on the Pressure Switch rotary switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the 2/4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure
Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Wiggle the wiring leading to the TCM while pressing the button.
Did the 2/4 Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If there are no problems
found in the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

91
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 11
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open
or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

92
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear .

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

93
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0846?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, select 2/4 on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the 2/4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure
Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

94
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an
open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

95
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

96
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE


When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don’t have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME DTC P0944 PRESENT
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

97
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs. All


Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0733 and/or P0871 present also?

Yes → Replace the Transmission or Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly


per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0870. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 12

98
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
With the Transmission Simulator, select 9OD9 on the Pressure Switch rotary switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Wiggle the wires leading to the TCM while pressing the test button.
Did the O/D Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found in
the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure
Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the Transmis-
sion Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector to the TCM harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to


ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

99
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 11

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a
short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

100
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The appropriate DTC is set if one of the Pressure Switches are open or
closed at the wrong time in a given gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY DTCS PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
O/D PRESSURE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

101
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay related DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less for P0871?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
On the Transmission Simulator, select OD on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

102
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the O/D Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

103
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

104
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED
When Monitored: When Transmission Control Module powers up.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM powers up and senses the vehicle in a valid
forward gear (no PRNDL DTCs) with a output speed above 800 RPM (approximately
32Km/h or 20 MPH).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWER UP AT SPEED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 This DTC is set when the TCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the All
road in a valid forward gear.
Check all of the Fused B+, Fused Ignition Switch Output, and Ground circuits to the
TCM for an intermittent open or short to ground.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair wiring and/or connectors as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

105
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF


When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: This code is set when less than 3 volts are present at the transmission
control relay output circuits at the Transmission Control Module when the TCM is
energizing the relay.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

106
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0888. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 13

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the
Transmission Control Relay connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 10

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the Switched Battery voltage.
Does the Switched Battery voltage read battery voltage?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuits for an
open or high resistance. Note: There are multiple Transmission
Control Relay Output circuits.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the Switched Battery voltage.
Does the Switched Battery voltage read battery voltage?

Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

107
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Transmission Control Relay
Ground circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for an open
or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between
the Transmission Control Relay connector and the TCM harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for an
open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Control
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

108
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 11

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 12

12 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the
Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

13 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorts and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

109
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY
When Monitored: Ignition key is turned from the OFF position to RUN position and/or
ignition key is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses voltage on any
of the Pressure Switch Inputs prior to the TCM energizing the Transmission Control Relay.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 7

110
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to


voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

111
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

112
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON


When Monitored: When the ignition is turned from the OFF position to the RUN position
and/or the ignition is turned from the CRANK position to RUN position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module senses greater than
3.0 volts at the Transmission Control Relay Output terminal of the TCM prior to the TCM
energizing the Transmission Control Relay.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

113
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0891. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 7

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output Circuit in the Transmission Control Relay.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the
Transmission Control Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to voltage
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE: The Transmission Controller will power up the Transmission Con-
trol Relay Control circuit for approximately 3.0 seconds after an initial
ignition on. Wait at least 3.0 seconds before performing the following
voltage check.
NOTE: A One-trip fault may set for P0888 Relay Output Always Off, disre-
gard the DTC.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit after a 3.0
second wait period.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair Transmission Relay Control Circuit for a short to voltage.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

114
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0891-TRANSMISSION RELAY ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

115
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID


When Monitored: With each transition from full Torque Convertor to partial Torque
Convertor engagement for A/C bump prevention.
Set Condition: When vehicle shudder is detected during partial engagement (PEMCC).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
WORN OUT/ BURNT TRANSMISSION FLUID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

116
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Turn the ignition off. All
Remove the Transmission Oil Pan and Oil Filter per the Service Information.
Install a new Transmission Oil Filter per Service Information.
Reinstall Transmission Oil Pan, and refill with new Transmission Fluid per the
Service Information.
Note: The Transmission Cooler must be flushed before prodceeding.
Start the engine, check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service
Information.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes, in Park.
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler per the Service Information.
Turn the ignition off.
Drain and refill the Transmission Fluid.
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler again.
Start the engine, check and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per Service
Information.
With the DRBIIIt, perform a Battery Disconnect.
Note: This must be done to re enable EMCC during an A/C Clutch engage-
ment.
The vehicle may exhibit intermittent shudder during the first few hundred miles.
Note: The oil will gradually penetrate the TCC friction material and the
shudder should disappear.
Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Did the Code reset or does the vehicle still shudder after a few thousand miles?

Yes → Replace the Torque Convertor per the Service Information. Note:
After replacing the Torque Convertor, use the DRBIII to perform
the TCC Break In procedure. This will prevent a possible shudder
condition.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

117
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
When Monitored: If the transmission is slipping in any forward gear and the pressure
switches are not indicating pressure, a loss of prime test is run.
Set Condition: If the Trans. begins to slip in a forward gear & the press. switch(s) that
should be closed are open a loss of prime test begins. Available elements are turned on by
the TCM to see if pump prime exists.The code sets if no pressure switches respond.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHIFT LEVER POSITION
PLUGGED TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

118
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Place the gear selector in park. All
Start the engine.
NOTE: The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43° C or 110° F before
performing the following steps.
The Transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure. A
cold Transmission will give higher readings.
Place the Transmission in Reverse.
With the DRBIIIt, observe the Transmission Pressure Switch states.
Are any of the Pressure Switches closed?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5

3 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test drive the vehicle. Allow the Transmission to shift through all gears and ranges.
Did you experience a delayed engagement and/or a no drive condition?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 4

4 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, perform a Shift Lever Position test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass?
Yes → Go To 6
No → Refer to symptom list and perform test for DTC P0706.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

6 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan and Transmission Oil Filter per the All
Service Information.
Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris and/or is the Oil Filter
plugged?

Yes → Repair the cause of the plugged Transmission Oil Filter. Refer to
the Service Information for the proper repair procedure.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

119
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE


When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed > 1000 RPM, the TCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch ckts that don’t have pressure to
identify the correct pressure sw closes. If the pressure sw does not close 2 times the code
sets.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P0992 PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

120
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P0992- 2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 NOTE: The vehicle must be driven to set this DTC, the transmission must be All
warm or hot with the Engine RPM above 1000 RPM.
This DTC is an indicator of a 2/4 and/or O/D Hydraulic Pressure Switch DTC’s
present. Perform the tests for P0870 and/or P0845 to determine which switch is
failing.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom for P0870 and/or P0845.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

121
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION


When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC sets in approximately 20 seconds if no BUS messages are
received by the TCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH MIC
NO COMMUNICATION WITH PCM
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, erase TCM DTC’s. All
Note: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
transmission repairs.
Start the engine in park.
Did the DTC reset after the engine was started?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 5

2 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, attempt communication with the MIC
Can you communicate with the MIC?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, select the following screens in order: 9BODY9 9MIC9 9MONITOR
DISPLAY9 9PCI BUS ENGINE INFO9.
Does the DRBIIIt, read 9NO RESPONSE9 from any of the listed PCM monitors?

Yes → Refer to Communication Category for the related symptom(s).


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

122
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

123
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED


When Monitored: Whenever the key is in the Run/Start position.
Set Condition: This code is set whenever Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
disconnected from battery power B+ or ground. It will also be set during the DRBIIIt
Quick Battery Disconnect procedure.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED
RECENT BATTERY DISCONNECTION
TCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

124
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM harness connector.
Is the voltage below 10.0 volts?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 5

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or high resistance. If the


fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check all the ground circuits in the
TCM harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits?
Yes → Test Complete.

No → Repair the Ground circuit(s) as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

5 Has the battery been disconnected, lost it’s charge, or been replaced recently? All
Yes → This is the cause of the DTC. Erase the DTC and return the
vehicle to the customer.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Has the Quick Learn procedure been performed? All

Yes → This is the cause of the DTC. Erase the DTC and return the
vehicle to the customer.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Has the TCM been replaced or disconnected? All

Yes → Replacing or disconnecting the TCM will set this DTC. Erase the
DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

125
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

126
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC


When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC sets in approximately 25 seconds if no BUS messages are
received form the MIC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
MIC - NO COMMUNICATION
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1687. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 5

2 With the DRBIIIt, check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a All
vehicle bus problem.
Bus related DTC’s in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem. Other
symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled
features also indicate a bus problem.
Does the PRNDL display indicate 9No Bus9 or is there any evidence of an overall
vehicle bus problem?
Yes → Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, clear all DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read the MIC DTC’s.
NOTE: It may take up to 30 seconds of a consistent fault to set this DTC.
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the MIC?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-


ate symptom related to No Response to MIC.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

127
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
Is the DTC, P1687- No Communication with the MIC, present?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

128
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE


When Monitored: Continuously with ignition key on.
Set Condition: If no bus messages are received from the Powertrain Control Module for
10 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO COMMUNICATION WITH ECM
OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1694 set to 0?
Yes → Go To 2

No → Go To 5

2 With the DRBIIIt, check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a All
vehicle bus problem.
Bus related DTC’s in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem. Other
symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled
features also indicate a bus problem.
Does the PRNDL display indicate 9No Bus9 or is there any evidence of an overall
vehicle bus problem?
Yes → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-
ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, attempt to communicate with the Engine Control Module.
Can the DRBIIIt communicate with the ECM?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-


ate symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

129
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
Did the DTC, P1694, return?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

130
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION


When Monitored: During an attempted shift into 1st gear.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to shift into 1st
gear in one given ignition start.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

131
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s All
Is the DTC P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1775. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 10

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
With the Transmission Simulator, select the L/R on the Pressure Switch selector.
While observing the LR pressure switch state with the DRBIIIt, depress the
Pressure Switch Test button.
Did the L/R Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test
button was pressed?

Yes → Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the
Service Information and repair or replace as necessary. If no
problems are found in Valve Body, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

132
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 9

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

133
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Test drive the vehicle.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement?

Yes → Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem
in the SSV area. If no problems are found, replace the Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly. If excessive debris is present in the
Pan or Valve Body, repair cause of the debris as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

134
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION


When Monitored: Continuously when doing partial or full EMCC (PEMCC or FEMCC).
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM senses the L/R Pressure Switch closing while
performing PEMCC or FEMCC or after two unsuccessful attempts to perform PEMCC or
FEMCC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

135
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTCs All
Is the DTC P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1776. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 10

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the FWD Adapter Cable
kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
On the Transmission Simulator select L/R on the Pressure Switch selector switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from OPEN to CLOSED when the test button
was pressed?

Yes → Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve in the Valve Body per the
Service Information and repair or replace as necessary. If no
problems are found in Valve Body, replace the Transmission
Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the TCM
harness connector to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

136
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 9

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

137
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
10 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Test drive the vehicle.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Did you experience any 2nd gear launches or no TCC engagement?

Yes → Inspect the Valve Body for signs of a stuck valve or other problem
in the SSV area. If no problems are found, replace the Solenoid/
Pressure Switch Assembly. If excessive debris is present in the
Pan or Valve Body, repair the cause of debris as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

138
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT


When Monitored: After a speed ratio error is stored.
Set Condition: This code is set if the associated speed ratio code is stored within 1.3
seconds after a shift.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P1790 PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 This DTC is set along with a gear ratio DTC. Perform the appropriate test for the All
Gear Ratio DTC stored.
NOTE: Check 1 trip failures if there are no Gear Ratio DTC’s current.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

139
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission controller pulses the 12 volt TRD signal from the
PCM to ground, during torque managed shifts with the throttle angle above 54 degrees.
The TRD system is also tested whenever the vehicle is stopped and the engine speed is at
idle.
Set Condition: This code is set when the Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends two
subsequent torque reduction messages to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) via the
TRD link circuit and does not receive a confirmation from the PCM over the communica-
tion bus.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED COMMUNICATION DTC’S PRESENT
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE SHORT TO GROUND
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

140
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read DTC’s. All
Are any communication DTCs present?
Yes → If any bus DTC’s are present, disregard the P1793 DTC and refer
to the communication category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET equal to 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 9

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the ECM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit from the
TCM harness connector to the ECM harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Torque Management Request Sense circuit for an
open.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the ECM harness connector.
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Torque Management Request Sense
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to


ground.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 10.5 volts?

Yes → Repair Torque Management Request Sense circuit for a short to


voltage.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

141
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Torque Management Request Sense circuit in the TCM
harness connector.
Is the voltage above 7.0 volts?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace and program the Engine Control Module per the Service
Information.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

9 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

142
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: After a TCM reset in neutral and Input/Output equals a ratio of input to
output of 2.5 to 1.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

143
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using the Transmission Simulator, set the selector switch to the 3000/1250 position.
Turn the Input/Output switch to ON.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output Speed Sensor RPM.
Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1250 RPM within
50 RPM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 4

3 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the TCM harness
connector to both Speed Sensor harness connectors.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms on either Speed Sensor harness connector?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open or high
resistance.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

144
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT


When Monitored: Whenever engine is running and transmission is in the AutoStick
mode.
Set Condition: If the engine temperature exceeds 124° C or 255° F or the transmission
temperature exceeds 135° C or 275° F while in AutoStick mode. Note: Aggressive driving
or driving in low for extended periods of time in AutoStickt mode will set this DTC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many Transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read the engine DTC’s. Check and repair all engine DTC’s prior
to performing Transmission Symptom Diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Transmission Control Module. Some problems
are corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission Control Module.
NOTE: Check for applicable Service Bulletins related to the symptom.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

145
TRANSMISSION - EATX

P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 This is an informational DTC only. All
Check the Engine and Transmission Cooling Systems for proper operation.
Check the Radiator Cooling Fan operation.
Check the Transmission Cooling Fan operation if equipped.
Check the Transmission Fluid Level. Make sure it is not overfilled.
NOTE: Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in
Autostickt mode will set this DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

146
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
P/N POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Turn the ignition on. All
With the DRBIIIt, read the Park/Neutral Position Switch input state.
While moving the gear selector through all gear positions, Park to 1 and back to Park,
watch the DRBIIIt display.
Did the DRBIIIt display show P/N and D/R in the correct gear positions?
Yes → Test Complete.
No → Go To 2

2 Turn the ignition off. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for an open.

3 Turn the ignition off. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Disconnect the Transmission Range Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance above 100k ohms?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.

4 Turn the ignition off. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Move the Gear selector through all gear positions, from Park to 1st and back.
While moving the gear selector through each gear, measure the resistance between
ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Did the resistance change from above 10.0 ohms to below 10.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-


tion.

147
TRANSMISSION - EATX

*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace and program the Engine Control Module per the Service
Information.

148
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*INCORRECT TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 The transmission must be above 70 degree F. prior to checking fluid level. Adjusting All
fluid level on a cold transmission will result in an overfilled transmission.
Check the transmission fluid level per the service information.
Is the fluid level OK?

Yes → Test Complete.


No → Adjust fluid level and inspect the Transmission and cooler lines
for any leaks and repair as necessary.

149
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO SPEEDOMETER OPERATION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, under Transmission, check the pinion factor setting. All
Is the pinion factor missing or set incorrectly?
Yes → One possible cause is the pinion factor is not set or is set
incorrectly in the TCM.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

150
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE
.

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs. All
Cycle the ignition off, then start the vehicle.
Firmly apply the brakes and shift into Overdrive.
NOTE: Vehicle must remain in Overdrive for at least 3.0 seconds.
With the brakes firmly applied, shift slowly through all gears (PRNDL) as least three
times, pausing momentarily in each gear.
NOTE: If all the PRNDL lights box individually then the error was cleared.
Shift into park and turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Does the DTC P0706 reset, or do all the PRNDL indicators remain boxed in park or
neutral?

Yes → Return to the symptom list and perform diagnostics for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.
Perform 41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.

151
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC’S PRESENT

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT FLUID LEVEL
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY WHILE STANDING STILL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information. All
Is the fluid level OK?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Adjust fluid level and repair cause of incorrect fluid level.

2 Place vehicle on hoist. All


WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise.
NOTE: It may be necessary to test drive the vehicle to duplicate the noise.
Using Chassis Ears or other suitable listening device, verify the source of the noise.
Is the noise coming from the transmission?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Test Complete.

3 With the shift lever in neutral, raise the engine speed and listen to the noise. All
NOTE: THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF. Alternator noise can come
through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine.
This can happen even with the volume turned down.
Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. If no problems
found, replace the Transmission oil pump..

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. Pay particular
attention to bearings, pinion gears, etc. Repair or replace as
necessary.

152
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC’S

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. Pay particular
attention to bearings, pinion gears, etc. Repair or replace as
necessary.

153
TRANSMISSION - EATX

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: If the Transmission Simulator Miller tool #8333 will not power up, All
this is a symptom of the Transmission Relay being open, such as Limp-in,
and/or this also could be a indication of the Transmission Simulator not
installed correctly on the vehicle.
NOTE: Check the Simulator ground cable connection.
NOTE: Check all Transmission Simulator harness connections.
Repair these symptoms before having the Transmission Simulator Miller Tool #8333
repaired.

Continue
Test Complete.

154
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage drops below .078 volts for
the period of 0.48 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED TPS ENGINE DTC’S PRESENT
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTC’s, this includes all one trip failures. All
Are there any Engine TPS DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

155
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, record the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in All
which the DTC was set.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs.
NOTE: To erase EATX EVENT DATA information, a BATTERY DISCONNECT
must be performed. Performing a BATTERY DISCONNECT will reset all
learned Transmission values to controller defaults which may lead to
erratic shift schedules.
Drive the vehicle and try to duplicate the conditions in which the DTC was reported
by the EATX EVENT DATA.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Did the DTC P0122 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR LOW, reset?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 NOTE: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control All
Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

156
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS voltage rises above 4.94 volts for
the period of 0.48 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED TPS ENGINE DTC’S PRESENT
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTC’s, this includes all one trip failures. All
Are there any Engine TPS DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

157
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, record the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in All
which the DTC was set.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs.
NOTE: To erase EATX EVENT DATA information, a BATTERY DISCONNECT
must be performed. Performing a BATTERY DISCONNECT will reset all
learned Transmission values to controller defaults which may lead to
erratic shift schedules.
Drive the vehicle and try to duplicate the conditions in which the DTC was reported
by the EATX EVENT DATA.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Did the DTC P0123 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR HIGH, reset?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 NOTE: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control All
Modules, communication between the modules is internal.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

158
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0124-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS INTERMITTENT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0124-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS INTERMITTENT


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the monitored TPS throttle angle between the angles
of 6° and 120° and the degree change is greater than 5° within a period of less than 7.0 ms.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED TPS ENGINE DTC’S PRESENT
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Engine DTC’s, this includes all one trip failures. All
Are there any Engine TPS DTCs present?

Yes → Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

159
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0124-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/APPS INTERMITTENT —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 With the DRBIIIt, record the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in All
which the DTC was set.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs.
NOTE: To erase EATX EVENT DATA information, a BATTERY DISCONNECT
must be performed. Performing a BATTERY DISCONNECT will reset all
learned Transmission values to controller defaults which may lead to
erratic shift schedules.
Drive the vehicle and try to duplicate the conditions in which the DTC was reported
by the EATX EVENT DATA.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Did the DTC P0124 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INTERMITTENT, reset?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 6

4 Ignition On, Engine Not Running. All


With the DRBIIIt, under Transmission Sensors, monitor the TPS voltage in the
following step.
Slowly open and close the throttle while checking for erratic voltage changes.
Did the TPS voltage change smooth and consistent?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Replace the Throttle Position Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 NOTE: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control All
Modules, communication between the modules is internal.
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Pay particular attention to the TPS signal and sensor ground circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

160
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running. NOTE: This is an informational DTC
designed to aid the technician in diagnosing shift quality complaints.
Set Condition: Immediately when a Overheat shift schedule is activated when the
Transmission Oil Temperature reaches 155° C or 240° F.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER PLUGGED
HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATIONS ACTIVATED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Perform Engine Cooling System diagnostics per the Service Information. All
Is the Engine Cooling System functioning properly?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Repair the cause of the engine overheating. Refer to the Service


Information for the related symptoms or repair procedures.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

161
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0218-HIGH TEMPERATURE OPERATION ACTIVATED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Perform Transmission Cooler Flow Check per the Service Information. All
Did the Transmission Cooler Flow Check test pass?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair or replace the plugged Transmission Oil Cooler per the


Service Information. Repair the cause of the plugged Transmis-
sion Oil Cooler as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

4 This DTC is an informational DTC designed to aid the Technician in diagnosing shift All
quality complaints.
This DTC indicates that the transmission has been operating in the 9Overheat9 shift
schedule which may generate a customer complaint.
The customer driving patterns may indicate the need for an additional transmission
oil cooler.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
View repair options.
Repair
Repair the cause of transmission overheating per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

162
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE


When Monitored: With the engine running and the PCM has closed the Transmission
Control Relay.
Set Condition: If the battery voltage of the Transmission Control Relay Output Sense
circuit(s) to the PCM is less than 10.0 volts for the period of 15 seconds. Note: P0562
generally indicates a gradually falling battery voltage or a resistive connection(s) to the
PCM. The DTC will also set if the battery voltage sensed at the PCM is less than 6.5v for
200ms or where Transmission Control Relay Output circuits is less than 7.2v for 200ms.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED CHARGING SYSTEM DTC’S
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO RELAY HIGH RESISTANCE
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO PCM HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TO TCM OPEN OR HIGH RESISTANCE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

163
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine DTC’s. All


Are there any Charging System related DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Charging System category and repair any PCM
Charging System DTC’s, before testing DTC P0562. NOTE: After
repairing the PCM Charging System DTC’s, perform the Trans-
mission Verification test to verify the transmission was not
damaged.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 NOTE: Generator, battery, and charging system must be fully functional All
before performing this test.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0562.
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 10

164
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuits in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the Ground circuits?

Yes → Go To 5

No → Repair the Ground circuit and/or circuits for an open or high


resistance.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The Test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Repair the Fused B+ Circuit circuit for an open or high resistance.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit at the
Transmission Control Relay connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the high resistance in the Fused B+ circuit.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

165
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check both Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 8

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open


or high resistance.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Start the engine.
Using a voltmeter, measure the battery voltage.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Transmission Switched Battery Voltage.
Compare the DRBIIIt Transmission Switched Battery voltage to the actual battery
voltage.
Is the DRBIIIt voltage within 2.0 volts of the battery voltage?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

166
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0562-LOW BATTERY VOLTAGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorts and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

167
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom List:
P0604-INTERNAL TCM
P0605-INTERNAL TCM
P0613-INTERNAL TCM

Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be P0604-INTERNAL TCM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM - INTERNAL ERROR

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

168
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on.
Set Condition: After 3 occurrences in one ignition cycle of an invalid PRNDL DTC which
lasts for more than 0.1 second. Note: All indicator lights on the instrument cluster will
illuminate boxed when the vehicle engine is not running, ignition on or engine running in
park or neutral if a problem exists.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHIFTER OUT OF ADJUSTMENT
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRS T1 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T3 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T41 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRS T42 SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

169
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs. All


Cycle the ignition off, then start the vehicle.
Firmly apply the brakes and shift into Overdrive.
NOTE: Vehicle must remain in Overdrive for at least three seconds.
With the brakes firmly applied, shift slowly through all gears (PRNDL) as least three
times, pausing momentarily in each gear.
NOTE: If all the PRNDL lights box individually then the error was cleared.
Shift into park and turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Does the DTC P0706 reset, or do all the PRNDL indicators remain boxed in park or
neutral?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 21

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test. All
Select the test outcome from the following:

Test passes
Go To 21

Test fails with DTC


Go To 4
Test fails without DTC
Go To 20

170
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, perform the Shift Lever Position Test.
When the DRBIII t instructs you to put the Gear Selector in a particular position,
you must do so using the Transmission Simulator.
The LED for the gear position in question must be illuminated on the Transmission
Simulator, prior to pressing the ENTER key on the DRBIIIt.
Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Go To 6

NOTE: After completion of this procedure, make sure to disconnect the


Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and FWD adaptor cable kit, Miller
tool #8333-1A and reconnect all connectors.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Transmission Range Sensor per the Service Informa-
tion.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRS Sense circuits on the Input/Output screen - C1
thru C4.
Move the shift lever through all gear positions, pausing momentarily in each gear
position and watch for one of the circuits to not change state.
Pick the one that did not change state.
TRS T1 sense (C4)
Go To 7
TRS T3 sense (C3)
Go To 10
TRS T41 sense (C1)
Go To 13

TRS T42 sense (C2)


Go To 16

171
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T1 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T1 Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T1 Sense circuit at the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 19

172
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T3 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal of
special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 11

11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T3 Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 12

12 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T3 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T3 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 19

173
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


13 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T41 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal
of special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 14

14 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T41 Sense circuit
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T41 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 15

15 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T41 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T1 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 19

174
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


16 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the TRS T42 Sense circuit from the appropriate terminal
of special tool #8815 to the TRS harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 17

17 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the TRS T42 Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 18

18 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the TRS T42 Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the TRS T42 Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 19

175
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0706-CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


19 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

20 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Adjust the Shift Linkage and/or cable per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

21 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
Check the Shift Linkage and cable for proper operation per the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of any repairs.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

176
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: This DTC will set when the desired transmission temperature does not
reach a normal operating temperature within a given time frame. Time is variable due to
ambient temperature. Approximate times are starting temperature to warm up time: (-40°
F / -40° C - 35 min) (-20° F / -28° C - 25 min) (20° F / -6.6° C - 20 min) (60° F / 15.5 ° C - 10
min)

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

177
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All
Are there any other Transmission Temperature Sensor related DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0711. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings ± 0.2
volts?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

178
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0711-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

179
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage drops
below 0.078 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All


Are there any Speed Sensor DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

180
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0712. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 8

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings ± 0.2
volts?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM C4 harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a


short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

181
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0712-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

8 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

182
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage rises
above 4.94 volts for the period of 0.45 seconds.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

183
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All
Are there any Speed Sensor DTCs present?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0713. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 9

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match the DRBIIIt readings ± 0.2
volts?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

184
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM C4 harness connector..
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid /TRS Assembly harness connector
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit from
the appropriate terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/TRS
Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for


an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM C4 harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a


short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

185
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0713-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


9 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

186
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT


When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition on and engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC will set when the monitored Temperature Sensor voltage
fluctuates or changes abruptly within a predetermined period of time.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check Transmission DTC’s. All


Are there any Speed Sensor and/or other Temperature Sensor DTCs present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

187
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0714-TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR INTERMITTENT —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0714. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 7

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Input/Output switch to OFF.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the TRANS TEMP VOLTS while turning the Thermistor
Voltage switch to all three positions on the Transmission Simulator.
Compare the DRBIIIt readings with the numbers listed on the Transmission
Simulator.
Do the readings on the Transmission Simulator match a non-fluctuating DRBIIIt
reading ± 0.2 volts?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

188
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in the Input RPM in any gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

189
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Place the shifter in park. All
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input Speed Sensor RPM.
Is the Input Speed Sensor reading below 400 RPM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 11

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input speed read 3000 RPM and the Output speed read 1250 RPM ± 50
RPM?

Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Input Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Input Speed Sensor connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

190
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the resistance Below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Input Speed Sensor harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the Input Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

191
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0715-INPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ and the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit in the appropriate terminal
of special tool #8815.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

192
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If there is an excessive change in the Output RPM in any gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

193
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Start the engine in park. All
Raise the drive wheels off of the ground.
WARNING: PROPERLY SUPPORT THE VEHICLE.
Firmly apply the brakes and place the transmission selector in drive.
WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Release the brakes and allow the drive wheels to spin freely.
Note: The drive wheels must be turning at this point.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Output RPM
Is the Output RPM below 100?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 11

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Input and Output RPM.
Does the Input RPM read 3000 and the Output RPM read 1250 (within 50 RPM)?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Output Speed Sensor per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit from appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

194
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

195
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0720-OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the TRS harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuits in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

196
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The Engine RPM is less than 390 or greater than 8000 for more than 2
seconds while the engine is running.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE DTCS PRESENT
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 Start the engine. All


NOTE: This DTC is not a Transmission Input Speed Sensor DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0725.
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0725 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5

197
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0725-ENGINE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTCs. All
Are there any Engine DTC’s present?
Yes → Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

198
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST


When Monitored: The Transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the
current gear ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

199
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0731-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 1ST — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to appropriate symptom in the Transmission category. If


any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear ratio error.
Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 1st gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass, Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not current at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the Clutch Test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC, check the
Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the wiring and connectors for the Speed Sensors for a good connection, then
perform a wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the
Electronic Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal Transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the UD and LR clutches. Inspect
the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

200
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND


When Monitored: The Transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the
current gear ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

201
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 2nd gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the Clutch Test pass - Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not current at this time. All
Check the Gearshift Linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the Clutch Test and still sets Gear Ratio DTC’s, check
the Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
Check for any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Are the DTC’s P0845 and/or P0846 present also?

Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per


the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

202
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0732-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 2ND — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the UD and 2/4 clutches. Inspect
the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

203
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD


When Monitored: The Transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the
current gear ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

204
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to appropriate symptom in the Transmission category. If


any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear ratio error.
Perform the test for Loss of Prime DTC first if it is present.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 3rd Gear Clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the clutch test pass, Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not current at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the input and output speed sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC’s, check the
Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the speed sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Are the DTC’s P0870 and/or P0871 present also?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

205
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0733-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 3RD — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the UD and OD clutches. Inspect
the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

206
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH


When Monitored: The Transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the
current gear ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

207
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the 4th gear clutch test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the clutch test pass - Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not current at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC’s, check the
Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Are the DTC’s P0870 and/or P0871 present also?
Yes → Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

208
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0734-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN 4TH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the OD and 2/4 clutches. Inspect
the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

209
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE


When Monitored: The Transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
Transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: If the ratio of the Input RPM to the Output RPM does not match the
current gear ratio.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT GEAR RATIO ERRORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

210
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0736-GEAR RATIO ERROR IN REVERSE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All
If any of these DTC’s are present, perform their respective tests first.
Are there any Loss of Prime, Line Pressure Sensor and/or Speed Sensor DTCs
present?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom. If any of these DTC’s are present, they will cause a gear
ratio error. Perform the test for Loss of Prime first if it is present.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, perform the Reverse Gear Clutch test. Follow the instructions on All
the DRBIIIt.
Increase the throttle angle or TPS Degree to 30° for no more than a few seconds.
CAUTION: Do not overheat the transmission.
Did the clutch test pass - Input Speed remain at zero?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 5

4 The conditions to set this DTC are not current at this time. All
Check the gearshift linkage adjustment.
Gear ratio DTC’s can be set by problems in the Input and Output Speed Sensor
circuits. If the vehicle passes the clutch test and still sets gear ratio DTC’s, check the
Speed Sensors for proper operation.
Remove the Starter Relay.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Check the Speed Sensor wiring and connectors for good connection, then perform a
wiggle test using the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit, Miller tool #8333-1.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission per the Service Information. Check
all of the components related to the Reverse and LR clutches.
Inspect the Oil Pump and repair or replace per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

211
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE


When Monitored: The Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) is in FEMCC or PEMCC, Trans-
mission temperature is hot, Engine temperature is greater than 38° C or 100° F,
Transmission Input Speed greater than 1750 RPM, TPS less than 30°.
Set Condition: The TCC is modulated by controlling the duty cycle of the L/R Solenoid
until the difference between the Engine and the Transmission Input Speed RPM or duty
cycle is within a desired range. The DTC is set after the period of 10 seconds and 3
occurrences of either: FEMCC - with slip greater than 100 RPM or PEMCC - duty cycle
greater than 85%.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC’S PRESENT
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

212
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0740-TCC OUT OF RANGE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are the DTC’s P0750 and/or P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, record and erase DTC’s.
Drive the vehicle until it is fully warmed up. At least 110 degrees.
Perform the following step 3 times.
Drive the vehicle at 50 MPH and allow 4th gear to engage for at least 10 seconds.
Close the throttle, then tip back in until the throttle angle is between 25 and 29
degrees. Note that if you go over 30 degrees, you must back off of the throttle and
retry.
Did the TCC engage during any of the attempts?
Yes → Go To 4
No → Go To 5

4 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
This DTC can also be set under extreme temperature conditions, this is usually
caused by an internal problem. Verify if the problem is only experienced under
extreme hot or cold conditions.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Perform the Hydraulic Pressure test per the Service Information
and repair the internal transmission components and Torque
converter as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

213
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. The solenoids
will also be tested immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
LR SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
LR SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

214
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0750 set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the L/R Solenoid.
Monitor the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the L/R Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the LR Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

215
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the LR Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the LR Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the LR Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Relay Output
circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 10
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an
open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

216
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0750-LR SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

217
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. Also, immedi-
ately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 SOLENOID
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

218
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0755. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the 2/4 Solenoid.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the 2/4 Solenoid LED.
Did the 2/4 Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2-4 Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

219
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

220
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0755-2/4 SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

221
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. Also tested
immediately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD SOLENOID
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

222
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0760. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, monitor the OD Solenoid LED.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the OD Solenoid.
Did the OD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off during
actuation?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the OD Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

223
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the OD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the OD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

224
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0760-OD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

225
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Initially at power-up, then every 10 seconds thereafter. Also, immedi-
ately after a gear ratio or pressure switch error is detected.
Set Condition: Three consecutive solenoid continuity test failures, or one failure if test is
run in response to a gear ratio or pressure switch error.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
UD SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
UD SOLENOID
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

226
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0765. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Monitor the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the UD Solenoid.
Did the UD Solenoid LED on the Transmission Simulator blink on and off?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the UD Solenoid Control circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

227
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the UD Solenoid Control circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the UD Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

228
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0765-UD SOLENOID CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

229
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The DTC is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the
wrong time in a given gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

230
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0944 present also?

Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0841. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 12

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector to L/R.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the L/R Pressure Switch state change?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

231
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

232
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0841-LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 11

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

233
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE


When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM, shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed greater than 1000
RPM, the PCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that don’t
have pressure to verify that the correct pressure switch closes. If the pressure switch does
not close 2 times the DTC sets.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME P0944 PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/TRS ASSEMBLY
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

234
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Are any of the DTCs P0732, P0734 and/or P0846 present also?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0845. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 12

235
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to 2/4.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch state while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Wiggle the wires leading to the PCM while pressing and holding the Pressure Switch
Test button.
Did the 2/4 Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found in
the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure
Switch Assembly.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

236
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the 2-4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 11
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an
open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

237
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0845-2/4 HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

238
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The DTC is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the
wrong time in a given gear .

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

239
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0846. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector to 2/4.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the 2/4 Pressure Switch state while pressing the Pressure
Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the state of the 2/4 Pressure Switch change while pressing the Pressure Switch
Test button?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

240
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness
connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

241
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0846-2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

242
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE


When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed greater than 1000
RPM, the TCM momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that don’t
have pressure to verify that the correct pressure switch closes. If the pressure switch does
not close 2 times the DTC sets

POSSIBLE CAUSES
LOSS OF PRIME - P0944 PRESENT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

243
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0944 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. All


Is the DTC P0733 and/or P0871 present also?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0870. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 12

244
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
With the Transmission Simulator select the OD Pressure Switch.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state in the following step:
Wiggle the wiring and connectors pertaining to this circuit while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the OD Pressure Switch state change to closed and remain closed while wiggling
the wires?
Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 7

6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found in
the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure
Switch Assembly per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

245
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery..
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 11

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

246
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0870-OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

12 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

247
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running.
Set Condition: The DTC is set if one of the pressure switches are open or closed at the
wrong time in a given gear.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED RELAY DTC’S PRESENT
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD PRESSURE SWITCH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

248
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s All
Are there any Transmission Control Relay DTC’s present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0871. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator turn the Pressure Switch selector to OD.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the OD Pressure Switch state while pressing Pressure
Switch test button.
Did the OD Pressure Switch state change while pressing the Pressure Switch test
button?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 and the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch
Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

249
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit.
NOTE: The Test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 10

No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

250
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0871-OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

251
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0884-POWER UP AT SPEED
When Monitored: When the Transmission Control Module initially powers up. Note: the
Transmission Control Module is integrated with Powertrain Control Module. The Trans-
mission Control Module has separate powers and grounds specifically to its portion of the
PCM.
Set Condition: This DTC will set if the TCM powers up and senses the vehicle in a valid
forward gear (no PRNDL DTCs) with a output speed above 800 RPM (approximately
32Km/h or 20 MPH).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
P0884 POWER UP AT SPEED

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 This DTC is set when the PCM is initialized while the vehicle is moving down the All
road in a valid forward gear. This is usually a momentarily loss of power to the
Transmission portion of the PCM.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
NOTE: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control
Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific power and
ground circuits.
Check all of the Fused B+, Fused Ignition Switch Output, and Ground circuits
related to the PCM for an intermittent open or short to ground.
Perform a wiggle test on all wiring and connectors pertaining to the PCM while
looking for shorts and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

252
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF


When Monitored: Continuously
Set Condition: This DTC is set when less than 3 volts are present at the Transmission
Control Relay output circuits at the Transmission Control Module (TCM) when the TCM
is energizing the relay. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission
Control Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific power and ground
circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

253
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0888. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter equal to 0?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 13

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the
Transmission Control Relay connector.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 10

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the Switched Battery voltage.
Does the Switched Battery voltage read battery voltage?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an open
or high resistance. Note: There are multiple Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

254
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Install a substitute Relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt in Transmission Sensors, read the Switched Battery voltage.
Does the Switched Battery voltage read battery voltage?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Transmission Control Relay
Ground circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 7
No → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Ground circuit for an
open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between
the Transmission Control Relay connector and the appropriate terminal of special
tool #8815.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for an


open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

255
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Control
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 9

9 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

10 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 11

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

256
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0888-RELAY OUTPUT ALWAYS OFF — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


11 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Output
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 12

12 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly per
the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

13 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

257
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY
When Monitored: When the ignition is turned from the 9off9 position to the 9run9 position
and/or the ignition is turned from the 9crank9 position to the 9run9 position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the Transmission Control Module (TCM) senses voltage
on any of the pressure switch inputs prior to the TCM energizing the relay. Note: Due to
the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission Control Modules, the transmission
part of the PCM has its own specific power and ground circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
2/4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

258
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0890. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the 9STARTS SINCE SET9 counter set at 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 7

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?

Yes → Repair the OD Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to


voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the 2/4 Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

259
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0890-SWITCHED BATTERY — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 6

6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

260
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON


When Monitored: When the ignition is turned from the 9off9 position to the 9run9 position
and/or the ignition is turned from the 9crank9 position to the 9run9 position.
Set Condition: This DTC set if the Transmission Control Module (TCM) senses greater
than 3 volts at the Transmission Control Relay Output circuits at the TCM prior to the
TCM energizing the relay. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmis-
sion Control Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific power and
ground circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY STUCK CLOSED
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

261
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0891. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter equal to 0?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 7

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output Circuit in the Transmission Control Relay.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Go To 4

No → Replace the Transmission Control Relay.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage at the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit in the
Transmission Control Relay connector.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a short
to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
NOTE: The Transmission Controller will power up the Transmission Con-
trol Relay Control circuit for approximately 3.0 seconds after initial igni-
tion on. Wait at least 3.0 seconds before performing the following voltage
check.
NOTE: A One-trip fault may set for P0888 Relay Always Off, disregard the
DTC.
Measure the voltage at the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit after a 3.0
second wait period.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?
Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit for a short
to voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

262
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0891-TRANSMISSION RLY ALWAYS ON — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Transmission Control Module per the Service Infor-
mation. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

263
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID


When Monitored: With each transition from full Torque Converter to partial Torque
Converter engagement for A/C bump prevention.
Set Condition: When vehicle shudder is detected during partial engagement (PEMCC).

POSSIBLE CAUSES
WORN OUT/ BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

264
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0897-WORN OUT/BURNT TRANSAXLE FLUID — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Flush the Transmission Oil Cooler and lines, replace the Transmission Oil Filter,
refill with new Transmission Fluid, start the engine, and adjust the fluid per the
Service Information.
Note: The Transmission Cooler must be flushed before prodceeding.
Allow the engine to idle for 10 minutes, in Park.
Turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Again, flush the Transmission Oil Cooler and lines, replace the Transmission Oil
Filter, refill with new Transmission Fluid, start the engine, and adjust the fluid per
the Service Information.
With the DRBIIIt, perform a Battery Disconnect.
NOTE: The Battery Disconnect must be done to re-enable EMCC during an
A/C Clutch engagement.
NOTE: The vehicle may exhibit intermittent shudder during the first few
hundred miles. The new Transmission Fluid will gradually penetrate the
Torque Convertor Clutch friction material and the shudder should disap-
pear.
Erase the DTC and return the vehicle to the customer.
Did the DTC reset and/or does the vehicle still shudder after a few thousand miles?
Yes → Replace the Torque Converter per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

265
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0944-LOSS OF PRIME

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME
When Monitored: If the transmission is slipping in any forward gear and the pressure
switches are not indicating pressure, a loss of prime test is run.
Set Condition: If the Transmission begins to slip in a forward gear and the pressure
switch(s) that should be closed are open, a loss of prime test begins. Available elements are
turned on by the PCM to see if pump prime exists. The DTC sets if no pressure switches
respond.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SHIFT LEVER POSITION
PLUGGED TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
TRANSMISSION OIL PUMP
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

266
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Place the gear selector in park. All
Start the engine.
NOTE: The TRANS TEMP DEG must be at least 43° C or 110° F before
performing the following steps.
The Transmission must be at operating temperature prior to checking pressure. A
cold Transmission will give higher readings.
Place the Transmission in Reverse.
With the DRBIIIt, observe the Transmission Pressure Switch states.
Are any of the Pressure Switches closed?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 5

3 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test drive the vehicle. Allow the Transmission to shift through all gears and ranges.
Did you experience a delayed engagement and/or a no drive condition?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 4

4 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

5 With the DRBIIIt, perform a Shift Lever Position test. Follow the instructions on the All
DRBIIIt.
Did the Shift Lever Position Test pass?

Yes → Go To 6
No → Refer to symptom list and perform test for DTC P0706.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 Remove and inspect the Transmission Oil Pan and Transmission Oil Filter per the All
Service Information.
Does the Transmission Oil Pan contain excessive debris and/or is the Oil Filter
plugged?

Yes → Repair the cause of the plugged Transmission Oil Filter. Refer to
the Service Information for the proper repair procedure.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 7

267
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0944-LOSS OF PRIME — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Replace the Transmission Oil Pump per the Service Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

268
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW


When Monitored: The AutoStick circuit is checked every .007 seconds, with the ignition
on, and in both AutoStick and non-AutoStick modes.
Set Condition: If either the monitored upshift or downshift switch voltages are reported
closed in a non AutoStick mode or the monitored voltage drops below 0.3 volts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
AUTOSTICK SWITCH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0952. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the Starts Since Set counter set at 0?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 6

269
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0952-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT LOW — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input
circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Replace the AutoStick Switch per the Service Information.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs.
In AutoStick mode, perform multiple AutoStick upshifts and downshifts.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Does the DTC return?
Yes → Go To 5

No → Test Complete.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

6 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

270
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH


When Monitored: The AutoStick circuit is checked every .007 seconds, with the ignition
on, and in both AutoStick and non-AutoStick modes.
Set Condition: When the monitored circuit voltage rises above 4.8 volts.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICK SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICK/OD OFF MUX INPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
AUTOSTICK SWITCH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.
Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P0953. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the Starts Since Set counter set at 0?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 8

271
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit between the
AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStick/OD Switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the ground circuit between the AutoStick/OD Switch
harness connector and ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Repair the AutoStick Switch Ground circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Autostick/OD switch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the AutoStick/OD Off MUX Input circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 6

272
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0953-AUTOSTICK INPUT CIRCUIT HIGH — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Replace the AutoStick Switch per the Service Information.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs.
In AutoStick mode, perform multiple AutoStick upshifts and downshifts.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Does the DTC return?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Test Complete.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

8 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

273
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE


When Monitored: In any forward gear with engine speed above 1000 RPM shortly after
a shift and every minute thereafter.
Set Condition: After a shift into a forward gear, with engine speed >1000 RPM, the PCM
momentarily turns on element pressure to the clutch circuits that don’t have pressure to
identify the correct pressure switch closes. If the pressure switch does not close 2 times, the
DTC sets.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONDITION P0992 PRESENT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

274
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P0992-2-4/OD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST FAILURE — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 NOTE: The vehicle must be driven to set this DTC. The transmission must be All
warm or hot with the Engine RPM above 1000 RPM.
This DTC is an indication of both the 2/4 and the O/D Hydraulic Pressure Switch
DTCs present.
Perform diagnostics for both P0870 and P0845 to determine which switch is the cause
of the DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the symptoms for
P0845 and P0870.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

275
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION


When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC sets in approximately 20 seconds if no BUS messages are
received by the TCM. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission
Control Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COMMUNICATION DTCS PRESENT
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Ignition on, engine not running. All
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s.
Are there any Engine Communication DTC’s present?

Yes → Refer to the Powertrain category and perform the appropriate


symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTC’s. All


Start the Engine in Park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
NOTE: The Engine must run for at least 20 seconds to reset this DTC.
Did the DTC reset after the engine was started?

Yes → Go To 3
No → Go To 4

3 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

276
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1652-SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK MALFUNCTION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Make sure to check for any Communication DTCs or customer concerns of possible
bus problems. This includes any other controllers on the bus on this vehicle. If there
is a bus problem refer to the Communication Category for diagnosis.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

277
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED


When Monitored: Whenever the ignition is in the Run/Start position.
Set Condition: This DTC is set whenever the Transmission Control Module (TCM) is
disconnected from battery power (B+) or ground. It will also be set during the DRBIIIt
Quick Battery Disconnect procedure. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and
Transmission Control Modules, the transmission part of the PCM has its own specific
power and ground circuits.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED
PCM WAS REPLACED OR DISCONNECTED
QUICK LEARN WAS PERFORMED
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO TCM OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

278
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Has the battery been disconnected, lost it’s charge, or been replaced recently? All

Yes → Disconnecting or replacing the battery will set this DTC. Erase
the DTC.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 3

3 Has a Quick Learn procedure been performed? All


Yes → Performing Quick Learn will set this DTC. Erase the DTC.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Has the PCM been replaced or disconnected? All


Yes → Replacing or disconnecting the PCM will set this DTC. Erase the
DTC.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. If the fuse is open make
sure to check for a short to ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

279
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1684-BATTERY WAS DISCONNECTED — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts, check the Ground circuits in the
appropriate terminal of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly for all the ground circuits?

Yes → Go To 7

No → Repair the Ground circuits for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

280
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC


When Monitored: Continuously with engine running.
Set Condition: The DTC sets in approximately 25 seconds if no BUS messages are
received form the MIC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER BUS PROBLEMS PRESENT
MIC - NO COMMUNICATION
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1687. All
Note: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter set to zero?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 6

281
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1687-NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


3 With the DRBIIIt, check all of the other modules on the vehicle for evidence of a All
vehicle bus problem.
Bus related DTC’s in other modules point to an overall vehicle bus problem. Other
symptoms such as a customer complaint of intermittent operation of bus controlled
features also indicate a bus problem.
Does the PRNDL display indicate 9No Bus9 or is there any evidence of an overall
vehicle bus problem?

Yes → Refer to the Communications category and perform the appropri-


ate symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 4

4 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, clear all DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
NOTE: May take up to 30 seconds of a consistent fault to set this DTC.
With the DRBIIIt, read the BCM DTC’s.
Does the Body Control Module have a 9MIC MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED9 DTC?

Yes → Refer to the Communications category and perform test for 9MIC
MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED9.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 5

5 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTC’s.
Start the engine in park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s.
Is the DTC 9P1687 NO COMMUNICATION WITH THE MIC9 present?
Yes → Replace the Powertrain Control Module. WITH THE DRBIIIt
PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FAC-
TOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

6 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wiring and connectors while checking for shorts and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

282
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1694-BUS COMMUNICATION WITH ENGINE MODULE


When Monitored: Continuously with ignition key on.
Set Condition: If no bus messages are received from the Powertrain Control Module
(PCM) for 10 seconds. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain and Transmission
Control Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTC’s. All
Start the Engine in Park.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
NOTE: The Engine must run for at least 20 seconds to reset this DTC.
Did the DTC reset after the engine was started?
Yes → Go To 2
No → Go To 3

2 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

3 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Make sure to check for any Communication DTCs or customer concerns of possible
bus problems. This includes any other controllers on the bus on this vehicle. If there
is a bus problem refer to the Communication Category for diagnosis.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?

Yes → Repair as necessary.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

283
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION


When Monitored: During an attempted shift into 1st gear.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if three unsuccessful attempts are made to get into 1st
gear in one given ignition start.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

284
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other Transmission DTC’s All
Is the DTC P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1775. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 4

No → Go To 11

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to L/R.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the L/R Pressure Switch State while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from open to closed when the test button was
pressed?
Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 6

5 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All


Repair
Repair internal transmission as necessary per the Service Infor-
mation. Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve per the Service Infor-
mation and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are
found, replace the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

285
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assem-
bly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 7

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volts?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

286
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1775-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN TCC POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Disconnect the PCM C4 harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check all of the Transmission Control
Relay Output circuits in the appropriate terminals of special tool #8815.
NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
that of a direct connection to the battery.
Does the test light illuminate brightly on all three output circuits?

Yes → Repair the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for an


open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test drive and verify if the transmission is launching in 2nd gear and/or no TCC
engagement.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Are there 2nd gear launches and/or no TCC engagement?

Yes → Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion and repair or replace as necessary. If no problems are found
in the Valve Body, replace the Transmission Solenoid Pressure
Switch Assembly.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

287
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION


When Monitored: Continuously when doing partial or full EMCC (PEMCC or FEMCC).
Set Condition: If the PCM senses the L/R Pressure Switch closing while performing
PEMCC or FEMCC. This DTC will be set after two unsuccessful attempts to perform
PEMCC or FEMCC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
RELATED DTC P0841 PRESENT
CHECK THE DTC EVENT DATA FOR TRS CODE TR2
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION - SSV STICKING
VALVE BODY
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

288
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
2 With the DRBIIIt, check for other transmission DTC’s All
Is the DTC P0841 present also?
Yes → Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 3

3 With the scan tool, check the DTC EVENT DATA for P1776. All
Does the DTC EVENT DATA show a TRS Code of TR2?

Yes → This indicates the shift lever and the manual control valve were
in an invalid position between Neutral and OD. Check the shifter
cable for: proper adjustment, binding, friction, improper routing,
or the shifter was moved in transit. Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 4

4 With the DRBIIIt, Check the STARTS SINCE SET counter for P1776. All
NOTE: This counter only applies to the last DTC set.
Is the STARTS SINCE SET counter 2 or less?

Yes → Go To 5
No → Go To 11

5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, turn the Pressure Switch selector switch to L/R.
With the DRBIIIt monitor the L/R Pressure Switch State while pressing the
Pressure Switch Test button on the Transmission Simulator.
Did the Pressure Switch state change from open to closed when the test button was
pressed?

Yes → Go To 6

No → Go To 7

289
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
6 Remove the transmission oil pan and Valve body and inspect the Solenoid Switch All
Valve for sticking in its bore, repair or replace as necessary.
NOTE: This DTC may be caused by debris lodged in the Transmission
Solenoid Switch Valve bore. If debris is found, clean the valve body and
reassemble the transmission per the Service Information.
With the scan tool, record the DTC EVENT DATA for P1776 and erase DTCs.
Reassemble the transmission and test drive the vehicle. Try to duplicate the original
set conditions using the DTC EVENT DATA recorded earlier.
With the scan tool, check Transmission DTCs.
Did the DTC P1776 reset?
Yes → Replace the Transmission Solenoid Assembly per the Service
Information.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

7 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit from the Pinout Box
to the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for an open.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 8

8 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance between ground and the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
ground.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 9

290
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1776-SOLENOID SWITCH VALVE LATCHED IN LR POSITION —


Continued
TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY
9 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/Pressure Switch Assembly harness connector.
Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B+ circuit and Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit at the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit.
Is the voltage above 0.5 volt?
Yes → Repair the L/R Pressure Switch Sense circuit for a short to
voltage.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Go To 10

10 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

11 The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. All
Test Drive and verify if the transmission is launching in 2nd gear and/or no TCC
engagement.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Are there 2nd gear launches and/or no TCC engagement?

Yes → Disassemble and inspect the Valve Body per the Service Informa-
tion Inspect the Solenoid Switch Valve for sticking in its bore and
repair or replace as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.
No → Test Complete.

291
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1790-FAULT IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHIFT


When Monitored: After a speed ratio error is stored.
Set Condition: This DTC is set if the associated speed ratio DTC is stored within 1.3
seconds after a shift.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
FAULT AFTER SHIFT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

2 This test is set along with a gear ratio DTC. Perform the appropriate test for the Gear All
Ratio DTC stored.
NOTE: Check 1 trip failures if there are no gear ratio DTCs current.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Refer to the Transmission category and perform the appropriate
symptom.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

292
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1793-TRD LINK COMMUNICATION ERROR


When Monitored: The Transmission Control Module (TCM) pulses the 12 volt TRD signal
from the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) to ground, during torque managed shifts with
the throttle angle above 54 degrees. The TRD system is also tested whenever the vehicle
is stopped and the engine speed is at idle.
Set Condition: This DTC is set when the Transmission Control Module (TCM) sends two
subsequent torque reduction messages to the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) and does
not receive a confirmation from the PCM. Note: Due to the integration of the Powertrain
and Transmission Control Modules, bus communication between the modules is internal.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Due to the integration of the Engine and Transmission controllers All
into one module, the TRD bus messages are sent over a internal bus circuit.
View repair.
Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

293
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR


When Monitored: The transmission gear ratio is monitored continuously while the
transmission is in gear.
Set Condition: After a PCM reset in neutral and Input/Output Ratio equals a ratio of 2.50
to 1.0 ± 50.0 RPM.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

294
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1794-SPEED SENSOR GROUND ERROR — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Remove the Starter Relay.
CAUTION: Removal of the Starter Relay is to prevent a Transmission, NO
RESPONSE, condition and disable the starter.
Install the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic Transmis-
sion Adapter kit 8333-1A.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the Transmission Simulator, set the 9Input/Output Speed9 switch to 9ON9 and
the rotary switch to the 93000/12509 position.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Input and Output Speed Sensor readings.
Does the Input Speed read 3000 RPM and the Output Speed read 1250 RPM, ± 50
RPM?

Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 4

3 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. All
Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this
circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorted and open circuits.
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.

4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness connectors.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Speed Sensor Ground circuit from the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 to the Input and Output Speed Sensor harness
connectors.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms on either circuit?

Yes → Repair the Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.


Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Go To 5

5 Using the schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Repair as All
necessary. Pay particular attention to all power and ground circuits.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module per the
Service Information. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK
LEARN AND REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

295
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

When Monitored and Set Condition:

P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT


When Monitored: Whenever the engine is running and transmission is in the AutoStickt
mode.
Set Condition: If the Engine Temperature exceeds 123° C or 255° F, or the Transmission
Temperature exceeds 135° C or 275° F while in AutoStickt mode. Note: Aggressive driving
or driving in low for extended periods of time in AutoStickt mode will set this DTC.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Low fluid level can be the cause of many transmission problems. If All
the fluid level is low locate and repair the leak then check and adjust the
fluid level per the Service Information.
NOTE: Always perform diagnostics with a fully charged battery to avoid
false symptoms.
With the DRBIIIt, read Engine DTC’s. Check and repair all Engine DTC’s prior to
performing any transmission symptom diagnostics.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTC’s. Record all DTC’s and 1 Trip Failures.
NOTE: Diagnose 1 Trip Failures as a fully matured DTC.
Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Repair as necessary.
Perform the Shift Lever Position Test. If the test does not pass, refer to Symptom test
for P0706 Check Shifter Signal.
For Gear Ratio DTC’s, check and record all CVI’s.
Most DTC’s set on start up but some must be set by driving the vehicle such that all
diagnostic monitors have run.
NOTE: Verify flash level of Powertrain Control Module. Some problems are
corrected by software upgrades to the Transmission and Engine software.
NOTE: Check for applicable TSB’s related to the problem.
Perform this procedure prior to Symptom diagnosis.

Continue
Go To 2

296
TRANSMISSION - NGC

P1797-MANUAL SHIFT OVERHEAT — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


2 This is an informational DTC only. All
With the DRBIIIt, check the EATX EVENT DATA to help identify the conditions in
which the DTC was set.
Check the engine and transmission cooling system for proper operation.
Check the Radiator Cooling Fan operation.
Check the Transmission Cooling Fan operation if equipped.
Check the Transmission Fluid Level per the Service Information. Make sure it is not
overfilled.
NOTE: Aggressive driving or driving in low for extended periods of time in
AutoStick mode will set this DTC.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
If the Transmission Fluid is low, repair any Transmission Fluid
leak as necessary and adjust the Transmission Fluid Level per the
Service Information. Refer to Service Information for the related
symptoms and repair as necessary.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

297
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
*NO MANUAL AUTOSTICK OPERATION

POSSIBLE CAUSES
AUTOSTICKt DOWNSHIFT SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICKt GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AUTOSTICKt UPSHIFT SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM - AUTOSTICKt

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Ignition on, engine not running.
Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit in the AutoStickt
Switch harness connector.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.

2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance between ground and the AutoStickt Ground circuit at the
AutoStickt harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the AutoStickt Ground circuit for an open.

No → Go To 3

3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All


Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Upshift Sense circuit between the appropriate terminal
of special tool #8815 and the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes → Repair the AutoStickt Upshift Sense circuit for an open.

No → Go To 4

298
TRANSMISSION - NGC

*NO MANUAL AUTOSTICK OPERATION — Continued

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


4 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. All
Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Disconnect the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
CAUTION: DO NOT PROBE THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS. PROBING
THE PCM HARNESS CONNECTORS WILL DAMAGE THE PCM TERMI-
NALS RESULTING IN POOR TERMINAL TO PIN CONNECTION. INSTALL
MILLER SPECIAL TOOL #8815 TO PERFORM DIAGNOSIS.
Measure the resistance of the Downshift Sense circuit between the appropriate
terminal of special tool #8815 and the AutoStickt Switch harness connector.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?

Yes → Repair the AutoStickt Downshift Sense circuit for an open.

No → Go To 5

5 Ignition on, engine not running. All


With the DRBIIIt monitor the AutoStickt Switch status.
Firmly apply the brake and shift into AutoStickt.
Push the shift lever to the right several times to actuate the AutoStickt Upshift
Switch and then to the left several times to actuate the AutoStickt Downshift Switch.
Do both AutoStickt Upshift and Downshift Switch states toggle?
Yes → Test Complete.
No → Replace the Powertrain Control Module per the Service Informa-
tion. WITH THE DRBIIIt PERFORM QUICK LEARN AND
REPROGRAM PINION FACTOR.

299
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
*PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE

POSSIBLE CAUSES
PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE
.

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 With the DRBIIIt, erase Transmission DTCs. All
Cycle the ignition off, then start the vehicle.
Firmly apply the brakes and shift into Overdrive.
NOTE: Vehicle must remain in Overdrive for at least 3.0 seconds.
With the brakes firmly applied, shift slowly through all gears (PRNDL) as least three
times, pausing momentarily in each gear.
NOTE: If all the PRNDL lights box individually then the error was cleared.
Shift into park and turn the ignition off to the lock position.
Ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Does the DTC P0706 reset, or do all the PRNDL indicators remain boxed in park or
neutral?

Yes → Return to the symptom list and perform diagnostics for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

No → Test Complete.
Perform 40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION
TEST - VER 1.

300
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION NOISY WITH NO DTC’S PRESENT

POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION PROBLEM - NOISY WHILE STANDING STILL

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Check and adjust the oil level per the Service Information before continuing. All
Place vehicle on hoist.
Run vehicle on hoist under conditions necessary to duplicate the noise.
CAUTION: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Using Chassis Ears or other suitable device, verify that the noise is coming from the
transmission.
Is the noise coming from the transmission?

Yes → Go To 2
No → Test Complete.

2 With the shift lever in neutral, raise the engine speed and listen to the noise. All
NOTE: THE RADIO MUST BE TURNED OFF. Alternator noise can come
through the speakers and be misinterpreted as Transmission Pump Whine.
This can happen even with the volume turned down.
Does the noise get louder or change pitch while the engine speed is changing?
Yes → Go To 3

No → Go To 4

3 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. If no problems
found, replace the Transmission Oil pump.

4 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. All

Repair
Repair internal transmission problem as necessary. Inspect all of
the transmission components for signs of wear. Pay particular
attention to bearings, pinion gears, etc. Repair or replace as
necessary.

301
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SHIFTS EARLY WITH NO DTC’S

POSSIBLE CAUSES
VEHICLE BUS PROBLEMS
CHECK FOR INTERMITTENT WIRING & CONNECTORS
COLD TRANSMISSION

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 Using the DRBIIIt, check all other Modules for signs of a PCI bus problem such as All
bus related DTC’s and/or communication problems.
Check and diagnose all 1 trip failures as a hard code.
Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC
P1793, one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next
start up. If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem, the bus must be repaired
first
Do any of the other modules show signs of a bus problem?

Yes → Refer to the Communication category and perform the appropri-


ate diagnostics.
No → Go To 2

2 The conditions necessary to set the DTC are not present at this time. Using the All
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Although it takes two occurences of a missed TRD link message to set the DTC
P1793, one missed message will cause the transmission to short shift until the next
start up. If the vehicle has any indications of a bus problem, the bus must be repaired
first
Were there any problems found?
Yes → Repair as necessary.
No → Go To 3

3 If the transmission shifts too early when the transmission is cold, this is a normal All
condition. The software is designed to protect the transmission from high torque
and/or high RPM shifts during cold operation.
Did the problem occur when the transmission temperature was cold?

Yes → This is a normal condition. The software is designed to protect the


transmission from high torque and/or high RPM shifts during
cold operation.

No → Test Complete.

302
TRANSMISSION - NGC

Symptom:
*TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR 8333 WILL NOT POWER UP

POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION SIMULATOR WILL NOT POWER UP

TEST ACTION APPLICABILITY


1 NOTE: Make sure to check for any Transmission Control Relay DTCs. or All
conditions. A stuck open Transmission Control Relay can cause the Trans-
mission Simulator to not Power up.
NOTE: If the Transmission Simulator, Miller tool #8333 and the Electronic
Transmission Adapter kit 8333-1A will not power up make sure to check all
connectors and the ground cable for proper installation.
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
Check and repair these symptoms before having the Transmission
Simulator repaired.

303
VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests
40/41TE (NGC) TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY
1. NOTE: After completion of the Transmission Verification Test, the Powertrain All
Verification Test must be performed. Refer to the Powertrain Category.
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC).
3. Reconnect any disconnected components.
4. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTC’s, also erase the PCM DTC’s.
5. Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
6. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT, above 43° C or 110° F.
7. Check the transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or Torque Converter has been replaced,
or if the Transmission has been repaired or replaced, it is necessary to perform the
DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset the (Pinion Factor(.
9. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5
seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptom’s When Monitored and Set Conditions
to verify the DTC is repaired.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, upshift and downshift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
14. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.
15. NOTE: Erase P0700 DTC in the PCM to turn the MIL light off after making
transmission repairs.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes set during the road test?

Yes → Repair is not complete, refer to the appropriate symptom.


No → Repair is complete.

304
VERIFICATION TESTS

Verification Tests — Continued

41TE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1 APPLICABILITY


1. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector (DLC). All
2. Reconnect any disconnected components.
3. With the DRBIIIt, erase all Transmission DTC’s, also erase the ECM/PCM DTC’s.
4. Perform *PRNDL FAULT CLEARING PROCEDURE after completion of repairs for P0706
CHECK SHIFTER SIGNAL.
5. NOTE: Erase DTC P0700 in the ECM/PCM to turn the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) off after making Transmission repairs.
6. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT - above 43° C or 110° F.
7. Check the Transmission Fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service information for
the Fluid Fill procedure.
8. NOTE: If the Transmission Control Module or the Transmission has been repaired
or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure and reset
the (Pinion Factor(
9. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3,
3-4 upshifts. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 25 MPH, make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow at least 5
seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle to the Symptom’s When Monitored/When Set
conditions to verify the DTC repair.
12. If equipped with AutoStickt, up-shift and down-shift several times using the AutoStickt
feature during the road test.
13. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII Task Manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
14. Check for Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) during the road test. If a DTC sets during the
road test , return to the Symptom list and perform the appropriate Symptom.
Were there any Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) set during the road test?

Yes → Refer to the Symptom List for appropriate Symptom(s).


No → Repair is complete.

305
NOTES

306
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS O
M
8.1 CONTROL MODULE LOCATIONS P
O
ECM - DIESEL N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S

TCM-EATX PCM-NGC

307
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
C
O 8.2 PRESSURE PORT LOCATIONS
M
P
O
N
E
N
T

L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.3 TRANSMISSION COMPONENT LOCATIONS

308
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
3 - -
4 Z11 20BK/LG GROUND
5 Z111 20BK/WT GROUND
6 - -
7 D21 20WT/DG (DIESEL) SCI TRANSMIT (ECM)
7 D21 20WT/DG (GAS) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
8 - -
9 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
10 - -
11 - -
12 D20 20WT/LG (GAS) SCI RECEIVE (PCM)
13 - -
14 - -
15 D15 20DG/YL (EATX) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
16 A105 20DB/RD FUSED B(+)

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

309
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FRONT CONTROL MODULE - BLACK 49 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A1 B(+)
2 A1 B(+)
3 L43 LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
4 L34 RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
5 L33 LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
6 L44 RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
7 - -
8 Z117, Z118, Z343, Z344 GROUND
9 A1 B(+)
10 FCM 10 HORN RELAY CONTROL
11 - -
12 P201 (EXCEPT EXPORT) ADJUSTABLE PEDALS RELAY CONTROL
13 FCM 13 PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL
14 FCM 14 FRONT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL
15 C41 (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
16 W7 FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
17 X3 HORN SWITCH SENSE
18 W1 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
19 FCM 19 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)

C 20 FCM 20 FUSED (+)

O 21 L78 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)

N 22 D25 PCI BUS

N 23 G931 (DIESEL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN

E 24 - -

C 25 G31 (DIESEL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL

T 26 L13 (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL

O 27 F1, F2 FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)

R 28 - -
29 F100 ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER

P 30 FCM 30 FRONT/REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL

I 31 FCM 31 DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL

N 32 FCM 32 (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY CONTROL

O 33 FCM 33 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL

U 34 FCM 34 FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL

T 35 FCM 35 ACCESSORY RELAY CONTROL (RUN-ACC)

S 36 B20 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE


37 F20 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
38 A1 B(+) (WHEN IPM C5 CPA IS NOT ENGAGED)
39 T2 (MTX) TRS REVERSE SENSE
40 - -
41 L77 FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
42 D123 FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
43 Z116 GROUND
44 L50 (DIESEL) PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
44 L50 (GAS) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
45 W10 FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
46 W20 REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL
47 K32 BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
48 F201 ORC RUN-START DRIVER
49 - -

310
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

INPUT SPEED SENSOR - GRAY 2 WAY


CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
2 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

311
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

312
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (IPM)
FUSE AMPS FUSED CIRCUIT FUNCTION
NO.
1 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
2 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
3 15A INTERNAL FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
4 30A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
5 20A F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (ACCESSORY RELAY POSITION) FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
6 20A F307 16LB/PK (BATTERY POSITION) FUSED B(+)
8 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
9 40A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
10 40A C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
11 20A F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
12 25A C51 12LB/BR FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
13 40A C15 12DB/WT FUSED DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
14 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
15 20A INTERNAL (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
15 20A INTERNAL (EATX) FUSED B(+)
16 25A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
17 20A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
18 15A INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
19 40A A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
C
20 30A A102 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
O
21 25A A111 12DG/RD FUSED B(+)
N
22 40A A110 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
N
23 10A A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
E
24 20A A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
C
26 20A A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+)
T
27 40A A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
O
28 40A F30 12PK/YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
R
30 40A INTERNAL (EXPORT) FUSED B(+)
31 40A A113 12WT/RD FUSED B(+)
P
32 40A A115 12YL/RD FUSED B(+)
I
33 15A INTERNAL FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
N
O
U
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (GAS)
T
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
S
30 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
85 Z115 18BK/OR (2.4L) GROUND
85 Z115 20BK/OR (3.3L/3.8L) GROUND
86 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
87 INTERNAL FUSED B(+)
87A - -

313
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C1 - 20 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 L43 18WT/DB LEFT LOW BEAM DRIVER
5 Z344 16BK/TN GROUND
6 L34 16WT/GY RIGHT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
7 W1 18BR/TN WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
8 L33 18WT/LG LEFT HIGH BEAM DRIVER
9 G31 18VT/LG (DIESEL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
10 L44 16WT/TN RIGHT LOW BEAM DRIVER
11 - -
12 - -
13 Z343 18BK/LG GROUND
14 - -
15 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
16 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT)
17 - -
18 G931 18VT/BR (DIESEL) AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
19 W20 18BR/YL REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL

C 20 W10 18BR FRONT WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL

O
N INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C2 - GREEN/BLUE 10 WAY
N CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

E 1 N173 18DB/VT (GAS) RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL

C 2 V53 12BR/OR (EXPORT) HEADLAMP WASHER RELAY OUTPUT

T 3 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

O 4 L13 18WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL

R 5 X2 18DG/OR HORN RELAY OUTPUT


6 L90 18WT/OR (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
LAMPS)
P
7 L61 18WT/LB LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER
I
8 - -
N
9 A112 12OR/RD FUSED B(+)
O
10 L89 18WT/YL (FOG FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
U LAMPS)
T
S

314
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C3 - 20 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 N21 20DB/TN (DIESEL) LIFT PUMP RELAY CONTROL
1 Z115 20BK/OR (GAS) GROUND
2 F1 18PK/WT FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
3 T751 20YL (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
3 T751 18YL (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
4 T2 18DG/WT (MTX) TRS REVERSE SENSE
5 N2 18DB/YL (DIESEL) LIFT PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
5 T16 18YL/OR (GAS EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
6 F202 20PK/GY (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
6 T15 18YL/BR (GAS EATX) TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
7 C3 20DB/YL (DIESEL) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
7 C3 20DB/YL (GAS) A/C CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
8 Z114 18BK/LG (DIESEL) GROUND
8 K31 18BR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
9 C13 20LB/OR (DIESEL) A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
9 C13 18LB/OR (GAS) A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
10 A119 16RD/OR (DIESEL) FUSED B(+)
11 C41 20LB/DG (DIESEL) CABIN HEATER ASSIST CONTROL
12 - -
13 D25 20WT/VT (DIESEL PCI BUS C
MTX)
13 D25 18WT/VT (GAS/ PCI BUS
O
DIESEL EATX) N
14 T752 20DG/OR (DIESEL) STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL N
14 T752 18DG/OR (GAS) STARTER RELAY CONTROL E
15 Z116 18BK/VT GROUND C
16 K51 20BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY CONTROL T
16 K51 18BR/WT (GAS) ASD RELAY CONTROL O
17 F202 20PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) R
18 K173 18BR/VT (GAS) RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
19 K342 16BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT P
19 F202 20PK/GY (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) I
20 A109 18OR/RD (GAS) FUSED B(+) N
O
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C4 - BLUE 10 WAY U
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION T
1 Z127 12BK (ASSY. PLANT GROUND S
EVAC & FILL)
2 T750 12YL/GY STARTER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
3 K342 16BR/WT (DIESEL) ECM/PCM RELAY OUTPUT
3 K342 16BR/WT (GAS) ASD RELAY OUTPUT
4 F500 16DG/PK (ASSY. FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
PLANT EVAC & FILL)
5 - -
6 D25 18WT/VT (ABS) PCI BUS
7 A107 12TN/RD (ABS) FUSED B(+)
8 A111 12DG/RD (ABS) FUSED B(+)
9 - -
10 - -

315
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C5 - BLACK 4 WAY


CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A1 4RD B(+)
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -

INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C6 - NATURAL 10 WAY


CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A101 12VT/RD FUSED B(+)
2 Z117 16BK/WT GROUND
3 Z118 16BK/WT (LWB/ GROUND
EXPORT)
3 Z118 16BK/YL (SWB/ GROUND
EXCEPT EXPORT)
4 A110 12OR/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
C SEAT)
O 5 - -
N 6 - -
N 7 C7 12DB FUSED FRONT BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
E 8 F307 18LB/PK (ACCES- FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
SORY RELAY POSITION)
C
8 F307 18LB/PK (BATTERY FUSED B(+)
T POSITION)
O 9 A113 12WT/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
R SLIDING DOOR)
10 - -
P
I
N
O
U
T
S

316
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C7 - 20 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 C16 20DB/GY FUSED DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
2 T141 20YL/OR (DIESEL) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
2 T751 20YL (GAS) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
3 D25 20WT/VT PCI BUS
4 L13 20WT/YL (EXPORT) HEADLAMP ADJUST SIGNAL
5 K32 18DB/YL BRAKE TRANSMISSION SHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CONTROL
6 - -
7 W7 20BR/GY FRONT WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE
8 B20 20DG/OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE
9 F201 20PK/OR ORC RUN-START DRIVER
10 - -
11 A106 20LB/RD FUSED B(+)
12 P201 20LG/DB (EXCEPT ADJUSTABLE PEDALS RELAY CONTROL
EXPORT/EXCEPT MEM-
ORY)
13 F2 18PK/YL FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
14 - -
15 A114 16GY/RD FUSED B(+) (I.O.D.)
16 D123 20WT/BR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
17 L50 18WT/TN (DIESEL) PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
17 L50 18WT/TN (GAS) BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT C
18 - - O
19 X3 20DG/VT HORN SWITCH SENSE N
20 F100 18PK/VT ORC RUN ONLY DRIVER N
E
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C8 - ORANGE 10 WAY C
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION T
1 W3 14BR/WT FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT O
2 N1 16DB/OR (DIESEL) FUEL HEATER RELAY OUTPUT R
2 N1 18DB/OR (GAS) FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
3 A108 18LG/RD (EXCEPT FUSED B(+) P
EXPORT) I
3 A108 20LG/RD (EXPORT) FUSED B(+) N
3 A108 20LG/RD (EXPORT) FUSED B(+) O
4 A103 18GY/RD FUSED B(+) U
5 L77 18WT/BR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (LEFT) T
6 W4 14BR/OR FRONT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT S
7 C51 12LB/BR (3 ZONE FUSED REAR BLOWER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
HVAC)
8 - -
9 L78 18WT/OR FUSED PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT (RIGHT)
10 L60 18WT/TN RIGHT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DRIVER

317
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTEGRATED POWER MODULE C9 - BLACK 10 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 A116 14YL/RD (HIGHLINE FUSED B(+)
AUDIO)
2 F20 18PK/WT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
3 C15 12DB/WT FUSED DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT
4 A105 18DB/RD FUSED B(+)
5 L61 20WT/LB LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL DIVER
6 A701 18BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
6 A701 16BR/RD FUSED B(+) (HAZARD)
7 F306 16DB/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT
8 F30 12PK/YL (POWER FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC)
WINDOWS)
9 A115 12YL/RD (POWER FUSED B(+)
LIFTGATE)
10 F302 18GY/PK FUSED ACCESSORY RELAY OUTPUT

OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR - GRAY 2 WAY


CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION

C 1 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND

O 2 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

N
N
E
C
T
O
R

P
I
N
O
U
T
S

318
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 - BLACK/BLACK 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 - -
7 - -
8 - -
9 Z130 18BK/BR GROUND
10 - -
11 F202 20PK/GY FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
12 F1 18PK/WT (EATX) FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
13 N7 18DB/OR (MTX) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 Z131 18BK/DG GROUND
19 - -
20 G6 16VT/GY OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL C
21 - - O
22 G31 18VT/LG AAT SIGNAL N
23 - - N
24 - - E
25 D20 20WT/LG SCI RECEIVE (PCM) C
26 D123 20WT/BR (2.4L FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE T
EATX)
26 D123 20WT/OR (3.3L/3.8L) FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
O
27 - -
R
28 - -
29 A109 18OR/RD FUSED B(+)
P
30 T751 18YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
I
31 K141 18DB/YL O2 1/2 SIGNAL
N
32 K904 18DB/DG (2.4L) O2 RETURN (DOWN)
O
32 K904 18BR/DG (3.3L/3.8L) O2 RETURN (DOWN)
U
33 - -
T
34 - -
S
35 - -
36 D21 20WT/DG (2.4L) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
36 D21 20WT/BR (3.3L/3.8L) SCI TRANSMIT (PCM)
37 D15 18DG/YL (EATX) SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
38 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS

319
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 - BLACK/ORANGE 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 - -
4 K58 16BR/VT (3.3L/3.8L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 6
5 K38 16BR/OR (3.3L/3.8L) INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 5
6 - -
7 K18 16BR/OR (3.3L/3.8L) COIL CONTROL NO. 3
8 K35 18DB/VT (EXCEPT EGR SOLENOID CONTROL
3.8L EARLY BUILD)
9 K17 16DB/TN COIL CONTROL NO. 2
10 K19 16DB/DG COIL CONTROL NO. 1
11 K14 16BR/TN INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 4
12 K13 16BR/LB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 3
13 K12 16BR/DB INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 2
14 K11 16BR/YL INJECTOR CONTROL NO. 1
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 K99 18BR/LG O2 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
19 K20 18BR/GY GEN FIELD CONTROL
C 20 K2 18VT/OR ECT SIGNAL
O 21 K22 18BR/OR TP SIGNAL
N 22 K34 18DB/LG (EXCEPT EGR SOLENOID SIGNAL
N 3.8L EARLY BUILD)
E 23 K1 18VT/BR MAP SIGNAL
C 24 K942 18BR/LG (EXCEPT KS RETURN
T 3.3L EARLY BUILD)

O 25 K42 18DB/YL (EXCEPT KS SIGNAL


3.3L EARLY BUILD)
R 26 - -
27 K900 18DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
P 28 K961 18BR/VT IAC RETURN
I 29 F855 20PK/YL 5 VOLT SUPPLY
N 30 K21 18DB/LG IAT SIGNAL
O 31 K41 18DB/LB O2 1/1 SIGNAL
U 32 K902 18BR/DG O2 RETURN (UP)
T 33 - -
S 34 K44 18DB/GY CMP SIGNAL
35 K24 18BR/LB CKP SIGNAL
36 - -
37 - -
38 K61 18VT/GY IAC MOTOR CONTROL

320
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 - BLACK/NATURAL 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 K51 18BR/WT ASD RELAY CONTROL
4 - -
5 V35 18VT/OR S/C VENT CONTROL
6 K173 18BR/VT RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL
7 V32 18VT/YL S/C SUPPLY
8 K106 20VT/LB (EXCEPT NVLD SOL CONTROL
EXPORT)
9 K299 18BR/WT O2 1/2 HEATER CONTROL
10 - -
11 C13 18LB/OR A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
12 V36 18VT/YL S/C VACUUM CONTROL
13 - -
14 - -
15 - -
16 - -
17 - -
18 - -
19 K342 16BR/WT ASD RELAY OUTPUT
20 K52 18DB/WT EVAP PURGE CONTROL
C
21 T141 18YL (MTX EXPORT) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
O
22 - -
N
23 B29 18DG/WT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
N
24 - -
E
25 - -
C
26 - -
T
27 - -
O
28 K342 16BR/WT ASD RELAY OUTPUT
R
29 K70 18DB/BR EVAP PURGE RETURN
30 - -
P
31 C18 18LB/BR A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
I
32 K91 18DB/YL BATTERY TEMP SIGNAL
N
33 - -
O
34 V37 18VT S/C SWITCH SIGNAL
U
35 K107 20VT/WT (EXCEPT NVLD SWITCH SIGNAL
T
EXPORT) S
36 - -
37 K31 18BR FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
38 T752 18DG/OR STARTER RELAY CONTROL

321
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C4 - BLACK/GREEN 38 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T60 18YL/GY OD SOLENOID CONTROL
2 T59 18DB/LB UD SOLENOID CONTROL
3 - -
4 - -
5 - -
6 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
7 - -
8 - -
9 - -
10 T20 18DG/WT L/R SOLENOID CONTROL
11 - -
12 - -
13 Z133 16BK/LG GROUND
14 Z133 16BK/LG GROUND
15 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
16 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
17 - -
18 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
19 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT

C 20 - -

O 21 - -

N 22 T9 18DG/TN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE

N 23 - -

E 24 - -

C 25 - -

T 26 - -

O 27 T41 18DG/GY TRS T41 SENSE

R 28 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT


29 T50 18YL/TN L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE

P 30 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE

I 31 - -

N 32 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

O 33 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

U 34 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND

T 35 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL

S 36 - -
37 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
38 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT

322
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (DIESEL) - BLACK 60 WAY
CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
2 - -
3 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
4 - -
5 - -
6 K24 20BR/LB CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 2
7 D15 20DG/YL SCI TRANSMIT (TCM)
8 T751 20YL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
9 T9 18DG/TN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
10 T10 20DG/LG TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
11 F1 18PK/WT FCM OUTPUT (UNLOCK-RUN-START)
12 K23 20BR/OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL NO. 2
13 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
14 T14 18DG/BR OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
15 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
16 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
17 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
18 - -
19 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL
20 T20 18DG/WT L/R SOLENOID CONTROL
21 - -
22 - - C
23 - - O
24 - - N
25 - -
N
26 - -
E
27 - -
28 - -
C
29 - -
T
30 - - O
31 - - R
32 - -
33 - - P
34 - - I
35 - - N
36 - - O
37 - -
U
38 - -
T
39 - -
40 - -
S
41 T41 18DG/GY TRS T41 SENSE
42 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
43 D25 18WT/VT PCI BUS
44 - -
45 - -
46 D123 20WT/OR FLASH PROGRAM ENABLE
47 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
48 - -
49 - -
50 T50 18YL/TN L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
51 K900 20DB/DG SENSOR GROUND
52 T52 18DG/WT INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
53 Z132 16BK/YL GROUND
54 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
55 - -
56 A104 18YL/RD FUSED B(+)
57 Z133 16BK/LG GROUND
58 N7 20DB/OR VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
59 T59 18YL/LB UD SOLENOID CONTROL
60 T60 18YL/GY OD SOLENOID CONTROL

323
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (DIESEL) - 9 WAY


CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
3 - -
4 T15 18YL/BR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
5 - -
6 Z115 18BK/OR GROUND
7 - -
8 A104 18YL/RD FUSED B(+)
9 - -

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR - DK. GRAY 10 WAY


CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
1 - -
2 - -
3 T13 18DG/VT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
4 T54 18DG/OR TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
C 5 T41 18DG/GY (DIESEL) TRS T41 SENSE
O 6 - -
N 7 T1 18DG/LB TRS T1 SENSE
N 8 T3 18DG/DB TRS T3 SENSE
E 9 T42 18DG/YL TRS T42 SENSE
C 10 T41 20DG/GY (DIESEL) TRS T41 SENSE
T 10 T41 18DG/GY (GAS) TRS T41 SENSE
O
R
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/PRESSURE SWITCH ASSEMBLY - BLACK 8 WAY
P CAV CIRCUIT FUNCTION
I 1 T47 18YL/DG 2-4 PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
N 2 T50 18YL/TN L/R PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
O 3 T9 18DG/TN OD PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
U 4 T16 18YL/OR TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
T 5 T59 18YL/LB (DIESEL UD SOLENOID CONTROL
LATE BUILD)
S
5 T59 18DB/LB (EXCEPT UD SOLENOID CONTROL
DIESEL LATE BUILD)
6 T60 18YL/GY OD SOLENOID CONTROL
7 T20 18DG/WT L/R SOLENOID CONTROL
8 T19 18YL/DB 2-4 SOLENOID CONTROL

324
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1 PCM-NGC-GAS

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
325
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2 TCM - EATX - DIESEL

S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C

D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
326
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
11.0 CHARTS AND GRAPHS C
H
11.1 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR STATES A
R
T
S

A
N
D

G
R
A
P
H
S

11.2 PRESSURE SWITCH STATES

327
CHARTS AND GRAPHS
C 11.3 SOLENOID APPLICATION CHART
H
A
R
T
S

A
N
D

G
R
A
P
H
S

11.4 SHIFT LEVER ERROR CODES

11.5 TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

328

You might also like